WO2021111660A1

WO2021111660A1 - Program, information processing method, terminal

Info

Publication number: WO2021111660A1
Application number: PCT/JP2020/023193
Authority: WO
Inventors: 亮介濱窄; 洋輔真崎
Original assignee: ＬＩＮＥＰａｙ株式会社
Priority date: 2019-12-05
Filing date: 2020-06-12
Publication date: 2021-06-10
Also published as: CN114830157A; KR20220107259A

Abstract

A program for causing a terminal to execute settlement processing, whereby the terminal: sends, using a communications unit in the terminal, first settlement information on the basis of first settlement processing by a terminal user, on the basis of inputs to the terminal by the terminal user; receives, using the communications unit, at least information for a first amount, out of the first amount transferred or received by the terminal user or a second amount transferred or received by a user of a different terminal from the terminal, which are on the basis of the first settlement information; and executes, using a control unit in the terminal, transfer processing or receipt processing on the basis of the first amount.

Description

Programs, information processing methods, terminals

This disclosure relates to programs, information processing methods, and terminals.

Recently, services that realize electronic money (electronic money) management of terminals or terminal users and payments using electronic money are becoming widespread by applications that can be executed on terminals such as smartphones. For example, Patent Document 1 discloses a technique for settling the purchase price of a product.

Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2002-176671

According to the first aspect of the present invention, the program for causing the terminal to execute the processing related to the payment is the first payment based on the processing related to the first payment by the user of the terminal based on the input to the terminal by the user of the terminal. The information is transmitted by the communication unit of the terminal, the first amount of money sent or received by the user of the terminal based on the first payment information, and the second amount of money sent or received by the user of the terminal different from the terminal. , At least the information of the first amount of money is received by the communication unit, and the remittance processing or the receiving process based on the first amount of money is executed by the control unit of the terminal by the terminal.
According to the second aspect of the present invention, the information processing method of the terminal that executes the processing related to the payment obtains the first payment information based on the processing related to the first payment by the terminal user based on the input to the terminal by the terminal user. At least of the first amount of money sent or received by the user of the terminal based on the first payment information and the second amount of money sent or received by the user of the terminal different from the terminal. It includes receiving the information of the first amount of money by the communication unit and executing the remittance processing or the receiving process based on the first amount of money by the control unit of the terminal.
According to the third aspect of the present invention, the terminal that executes the processing related to the payment transmits the first payment information based on the processing related to the first payment by the terminal user based on the input to the terminal by the terminal user, and the first payment information is transmitted. 1 A communication unit that receives at least the first amount of information, out of the first amount of money sent or received by the user of the terminal based on the payment information and the second amount of money sent or received by the user of the terminal different from the terminal. , A control unit that executes a remittance process or a receipt process based on the first amount of money.
According to the fourth aspect of the present invention, the terminal that executes the processing related to the payment includes a processor that reads the program stored in the memory and executes the processing based on the program, and the processor is input to the terminal by the user of the terminal. Based on the fact that the communication unit of the terminal transmits the first payment information based on the processing related to the first payment by the terminal user, the first amount of money sent or received by the terminal user based on the first payment information, and the terminal. Of the second amount of money sent or received by a user of a terminal different from the above, at least the information of the first amount is received by the communication unit, and the money transfer process or the receiving process based on the first amount is executed.
According to the fifth aspect of the present invention, the program for causing the server communicating with the terminal that executes the processing related to the payment to be executed is the processing related to the first payment by the user of the terminal based on the input to the terminal by the user of the terminal. The first payment information based on is received by the communication unit of the server, the first amount of money sent or received by the terminal user based on the first payment information, and the second amount sent or received by the user of the terminal different from the terminal. Of the amount of money, at least the information of the first amount is transmitted to the terminal by the communication unit, and the information of at least the second amount is transmitted to a different terminal by the communication unit, and the remittance processing to the terminal based on the first amount, or The server executes the receiving process and the remittance processing or the receiving process to different terminals based on the second amount.
According to the sixth aspect of the present invention, the program for causing the terminal that executes the processing related to the payment to execute the first payment information among the plurality of payment information related to the payment by the user of the terminal is transmitted by the communication unit of the terminal. That, based on the first payment information, the information of at least the first amount of the first amount of money sent or received by the user of the terminal and the second amount of money sent or received by the user of the terminal different from the terminal is communicated. The terminal executes the reception by the unit and the remittance processing or the receipt processing based on the information of the first amount of money by the control unit of the terminal.
According to the seventh aspect of the present invention, the information processing method of the terminal that executes the processing related to the payment is to transmit the first payment information among the plurality of payment information related to the payment by the user of the terminal by the communication unit of the terminal. , The information of at least the first amount of the first amount of money sent or received by the user of the terminal based on the first payment information and the second amount of money sent or received by the user of the terminal different from the terminal is transmitted by the communication unit. It includes receiving and executing a remittance process or a receipt process based on the information of the first amount.
According to the eighth aspect of the present invention, the terminal that executes the processing related to the payment transmits the first payment information among the plurality of payment information related to the payment by the user of the terminal, and the user of the terminal is based on the first payment information. Of the first amount of money sent or received by the user and the second amount of money sent or received by a user of a terminal different from the terminal, the communication unit that receives the information of at least the first amount and the remittance based on the information of the first amount. It is provided with a control unit that executes processing or receiving processing.
According to a ninth aspect of the present invention, a terminal that executes processing related to payment includes a processor that reads a program stored in a memory and executes processing based on the program, and the processor includes a plurality of processors related to payment by a user of the terminal. Of the payment information, the first payment information is transmitted by the communication unit of the terminal, the first amount of money sent or received by the terminal user based on the first payment information, and the user of the terminal different from the terminal sends money. Alternatively, among the second amount of money to be received, at least the information of the first amount of money is received by the communication unit, and the remittance processing or the receiving process based on the information of the first amount of money is executed.
According to the tenth aspect of the present invention, it is a program for causing a server that communicates with a terminal that executes processing related to payment to execute, and selects the first payment information from a plurality of payment information related to payment by the user of the terminal. The processing to be performed is executed by the control unit of the server, and the first amount of money sent or received by the user of the terminal based on the first payment information and the second amount of money sent or received by the user of the terminal different from the terminal. Of these, at least the information of the first amount is transmitted to the terminal by the communication unit, and the information of at least the second amount is transmitted to a different terminal by the communication unit, and the remittance processing or the receipt processing to the terminal based on the first amount. , The server executes the remittance processing or the receiving processing to different terminals based on the second amount of money by the control unit.
According to the eleventh aspect of the present invention, the program for causing the terminal to execute the processing related to the payment executes the first payment information based on the processing related to the first payment based on the input to the terminal by the user of the terminal. The process of modifying the payment information is executed by the control unit of the terminal, the first amount of money sent or received by the user of the terminal based on the second payment information, and the first amount of money sent or received by the user of the terminal different from the terminal. Of the two amounts, at least the information of the first amount is received by the communication unit of the terminal, and the remittance processing or the receiving process based on the first amount is executed by the terminal by the terminal.
According to the twelfth aspect of the present invention, the information processing method of the terminal that executes the processing related to the payment uses the first payment information based on the processing related to the first payment as the second payment information based on the input to the terminal by the user of the terminal. The first amount of money sent or received by the user of the terminal and the second amount of money sent or received by the user of the terminal different from the terminal are executed by the control unit of the terminal. Of these, at least the information of the first amount of money is received by the communication unit of the terminal, and the remittance processing or the receiving process based on the first amount of money is executed by the control unit.
According to the thirteenth aspect of the present invention, the terminal that executes the processing related to payment modifies the first payment information based on the processing related to the first payment into the second payment information based on the input to the terminal by the user of the terminal. At least the first amount of the first amount of money sent or received by the terminal user and the second amount of money sent or received by the user of the terminal different from the terminal based on the control unit and the second payment information. The control unit is provided with a communication unit that receives the information of the above, and the control unit executes a remittance processing or a receiving processing based on the first amount of money.
According to the fourteenth aspect of the present invention, the terminal that executes the processing related to the payment includes a processor that reads the program stored in the memory and executes the processing based on the program, and the processor is input to the terminal by the user of the terminal. Based on this, the process of modifying the first payment information based on the processing related to the first payment to the second payment information is executed, the first amount of money sent or received by the terminal user based on the second payment information, and the terminal. Of the second amount of money sent or received by a user of a terminal different from the above, at least the information of the first amount is received by the communication unit of the terminal, and the money transfer process or the receipt process based on the first amount is executed. ..
According to the fifteenth aspect of the present invention, the program for causing the server communicating with the terminal that executes the processing related to payment to execute is the first payment based on the processing related to the first payment based on the input to the terminal by the user of the terminal. The process of modifying the information into the second payment information is executed by the control unit of the server, the first amount of money sent or received by the terminal user based on the second payment information, and the user of the terminal different from the terminal sends money. , Or at least the first amount of information is transmitted to the terminal by the communication unit of the server, and at least the second amount of information is transmitted to a different terminal by the communication unit, and based on the first amount of money. The control unit executes the remittance processing or receipt processing for the terminal and the remittance processing or receipt processing for different terminals based on the second amount of money by the server.
According to the 16th aspect of the present invention, the program for causing the terminal to execute the processing related to the payment is the first payment based on the processing related to the first payment by the user of the terminal based on the input to the terminal by the user of the terminal. The information is transmitted by the communication unit of the terminal, the first amount of money sent or received by the user of the terminal based on the first payment information, and the second amount of money sent or received by the user of the terminal different from the terminal. , At least the information of the first amount of money is received by the communication unit, the first remittance processing or the first receipt processing based on the first amount of money is executed by the control unit of the terminal, and the second settlement from the first settlement information. When the information is modified, the terminal executes the second remittance processing or the second receiving processing by the control unit based on the second payment information.
According to the seventeenth aspect of the present invention, the information processing method of the terminal that executes the processing related to payment obtains the first payment information based on the processing related to the first payment by the user of the terminal based on the input to the terminal by the user of the terminal. At least of the first amount of money sent or received by the user of the terminal based on the first payment information and the second amount of money sent or received by the user of the terminal different from the terminal. Receiving the information of the first amount of money by the communication unit, executing the first remittance processing or the first receipt processing based on the first amount of money by the control unit of the terminal, and changing from the first payment information to the second payment information When modified, it includes executing a second remittance process or a second receipt process by the control unit based on the second settlement information.
According to the eighteenth aspect of the present invention, the terminal that executes the processing related to the payment transmits the first payment information based on the processing related to the first payment by the terminal user based on the input to the terminal by the terminal user, and the first payment information is transmitted. 1 A communication unit that receives at least the first amount of information, out of the first amount of money sent or received by the user of the terminal based on the payment information and the second amount of money sent or received by the user of the terminal different from the terminal. A control unit that executes a first remittance process or a first receipt process based on the first amount of money is provided, and the control unit is based on the second payment information when the first payment information is modified to the second payment information. Then, the second remittance process or the second receipt process is executed.
According to a nineteenth aspect of the present invention, a terminal that executes processing related to payment includes a processor that reads a program stored in a memory and executes processing based on the program, and the processor receives input to the terminal by a user of the terminal. Based on the fact that the communication unit of the terminal transmits the first payment information based on the processing related to the first payment by the terminal user, the first amount of money sent or received by the terminal user based on the first payment information, and the terminal. Of the second amount of money sent or received by a user of a terminal different from the above, at least the information of the first amount is received by the communication unit, and the first money transfer process or the first receipt process based on the first amount is executed. When the first payment information is modified to the second payment information, the second remittance processing or the second receipt processing is executed based on the second payment information.
According to the twentieth aspect of the present invention, the program for causing the server communicating with the terminal that executes the processing related to the payment to be executed is the processing related to the first payment by the user of the terminal based on the input to the terminal by the user of the terminal. The first payment information based on is received from the terminal by the communication unit of the server, the first amount of money sent or received by the user of the terminal based on the first payment information, and the user of the terminal different from the terminal sends or receives the money. Of the second amount, at least the information of the first amount is transmitted to the terminal by the communication unit, and the information of at least the second amount is transmitted to a different terminal by the communication unit, and the first amount to the terminal based on the first amount. Execution of the remittance processing or the first receipt processing and the second remittance processing or the second receipt processing for different terminals based on the second amount by the control unit of the server, and the first payment information to the second payment information When the information about the correction is received by the communication unit and the second payment information is corrected, the third remittance processing to the terminal or the third receiving processing to the terminal is based on the second payment information, and the terminal is different from the third payment processing. The server executes the fourth remittance processing or the fourth receiving processing by the control unit.

The flowchart which shows an example of the flow of the process executed by each apparatus in 1st Example. The figure which shows an example of the structure of the communication system in 2nd Example. The figure which shows an example of the function realized by the control part of the server in 2nd Example. The figure which shows an example of the information stored in the storage part of the server in 2nd Example. The figure which shows an example of payment application user registration data in 2nd Example. The figure which shows an example of the user management database in 2nd Example. The figure which shows an example of the function realized by the control part of the terminal in 2nd Example. The figure which shows an example of the information stored in the storage part of the terminal in 2nd Example. The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal in 2nd Example. The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal in 2nd Example. The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal in 2nd Example. The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal in 2nd Example. The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal in 2nd Example. The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal in 2nd Example. The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal in 2nd Example. The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal in 2nd Example. The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal in 2nd Example. The flowchart which shows an example of the flow of the process executed by each apparatus in 2nd Example. The flowchart which shows an example of the flow of the process executed by each apparatus in 2nd Example. The flowchart which shows an example of the flow of the process executed by each apparatus in 2nd Example. The flowchart which shows an example of the flow of the 1st split bill approval management process in 2nd Example. The figure which shows an example of the user management database in the 2nd modification. The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal in the 2nd modification. The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal in the 2nd modification. The flowchart which shows an example of the flow of processing executed by each apparatus in 2nd modification. The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal in 3rd Example. The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal in 3rd Example. The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal in 3rd Example. The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal in 3rd Example. The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal in 3rd Example. The flowchart which shows an example of the flow of the process executed by each apparatus in 3rd Example. The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal in 3rd Example. The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal in 3rd Example. The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal in 3rd Example. The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal in 3rd Example. The flowchart which shows an example of the flow of processing executed by each apparatus in 3rd modification. The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal in 4th Example. The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal in 4th Example. The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal in 4th Example. The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal in 4th Example. The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal in 4th Example. The figure which shows an example of the information stored in the storage part of the server in 4th Example. The figure which shows an example of the split bill management database in 4th Example. The flowchart which shows an example of the flow of the process executed by each apparatus in 4th Example. The flowchart which shows an example of the flow of the split Dutch addition registration process in 4th Example. The flowchart which shows an example of the flow of the 2nd split Dutch approval management processing in 4th Example. The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal in 4th modification. The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal in 4th modification. The figure which shows an example of the structure of the communication system in 5th Example. The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal in 5th Example. The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal in 5th Example. The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal in 5th Example. The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal in 5th Example. The figure which shows an example of the function realized by the control part of the messaging server in 5th Example. The figure which shows an example of the information stored in the storage part of the messaging server in 5th Example. The figure which shows an example of the messaging application user registration data in 5th Example. The figure which shows an example of the split bill management database in 5th Example. The flowchart which shows an example of the flow of the process executed by each apparatus in 5th Example. The flowchart which shows an example of the flow of the process executed by each apparatus in 5th Example. The flowchart which shows an example of the flow of the process executed by each apparatus in 5th Example. The flowchart which shows an example of the flow of MSG split bill approval management processing in 5th Example. The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal in 5th modification. The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal in 5th modification. The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal in 5th modification. The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal in 5th modification. The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal in 6th Example. The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal in 6th Example. The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal in 6th Example. The figure which shows an example of the information stored in the storage part of the messaging server in 6th Example. The figure which shows an example of the split bill management database in 6th Example. The figure which shows an example of the group management database in 6th Example. The flowchart which shows an example of the flow of the process executed by each apparatus in 6th Example. The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal in 6th modification. The flowchart which shows an example of the flow of processing executed by each apparatus in 6th modification. The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal in 6th modification. The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal in 6th modification. The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal in 6th modification. The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal in 6th modification. The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal in 6th modification. The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal in 6th modification. The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal in 6th modification. The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal in 6th modification. The flowchart which shows an example of the flow of processing executed by each apparatus in 6th modification. The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal in 6th modification. The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal in 6th modification. The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal in 7th Example. The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal in 7th Example. The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal in 7th Example. The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal in 8th Example. The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal in 8th Example. The figure which shows an example of the user management database in 8th Example. The flowchart which shows an example of the flow of the process executed by each apparatus in 8th Example. The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal in 8th modification. The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal in 8th modification. The flowchart which shows an example of the flow of the process executed by each apparatus in 8th modification. The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal in 9th Example. The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal in 9th Example. The flowchart which shows an example of the flow of the process executed by each apparatus in 10th Example. The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal in 11th Example. The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal in 11th Example. The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal in the twelfth embodiment. The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal in the twelfth embodiment. The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal in the twelfth embodiment. The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal in the twelfth embodiment. The flowchart which shows an example of the flow of the process executed by each apparatus in 13th Example. The flowchart which shows an example of the flow of the process executed by each apparatus in 13th Example. The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal in 14th Example. The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal in 14th Example. The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal in 14th Example. The figure which shows an example of the information stored in the storage part of the server in 14th Example. The figure which shows an example of the split bill management database in 14th Example. The figure which shows an example of the shopping item management database in 14th Example. FIG. 5 is a flowchart showing an example of a flow of processing executed by each device in the 14th embodiment. The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal in the 14th modification. The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal in the 14th modification. The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal in the 14th modification. The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal in 15th Example. The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal in 15th Example. The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal in 15th Example. The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal in 15th Example. The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal in 15th Example. The figure which shows an example of the split bill management database in 15th Example. The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal in 16th Example. The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal in 16th Example. The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal in 16th Example. The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal in 16th Example. The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal in 16th Example. The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal in 16th Example. The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal in 17th Example. The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal in 17th Example. The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal in 17th Example. The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal in 17th Example. The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal in 17th Example. The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal in 17th Example. The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal in 17th Example. The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal in 17th Example. The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal in 17th Example. The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal in 17th Example. The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal in 17th Example. The flowchart which shows an example of the flow of the process executed by each apparatus in 17th Example. The flowchart which shows an example of the flow of the split bill correction processing in 17th Example. The flowchart which shows an example of the flow of the 3rd split bill approval management process in 17th Example. The figure for demonstrating the fluctuation of the excess / deficiency amount in the 17th modification. The figure for demonstrating the necessity of transmission of the split bill correction confirmation notice in the 17th modification. The flowchart which shows an example of the flow of the process executed by each apparatus in 18th Example. The flowchart which shows an example of the flow of the process executed by each apparatus in 18th Example. The flowchart which shows an example of the flow of the process executed by each apparatus in 19th Embodiment. The figure for demonstrating the split bill settlement notice transmitted from the terminal to the server in 20th Example. The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal in 21st Example. The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal in 21st Example. The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal in 21st Example. The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal in 21st Example. The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal in 21st Example. The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal in 22nd Example. The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal in 22nd Example. The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal in 22nd Example. The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal in 22nd Example. The figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of the terminal in 22nd Example.

<Compliance with legal matters>
It should be noted that the disclosures described herein are premised on compliance with the legal matters of the implementing country necessary for the implementation of this disclosure, such as secrecy of communications.

An embodiment for implementing the program, information processing method, terminal, server, etc. according to the present disclosure will be described with reference to the drawings.

<Overview>
In recent years, as applications related to network services (application software), an application for making payments in electronic currency (payment application), an application for making payments in electronic currency (payment application), and sending / receiving in electronic currency are performed. Applications such as applications for money transfer (money transfer applications) and applications that aggregate some or all of the functions of these applications are becoming widespread, and users of the terminal 20 can use these applications to perform various types of electronic currency. It is becoming possible to receive the services of.

"Electronic money" is electronic money that is distinguished from physical money, and means the terminal 20 managed in the above-mentioned various applications or the electronic money owned by the user of the terminal 20.

Note that electronic money may or may not be expressed as "electronic money" or "digital currency (digital currency)".
Further, legal tender or virtual currency may be used as "electronic money (electronic money)" or "digital currency (digital currency)".
In addition, cryptocurrency (cryptocurrency) may be included in "electronic money (electronic money)" and "digital currency (digital currency)".
In addition, the virtual currency may include physical money such as coupons.

In this specification, the expression "by communication I / F" is used as appropriate. This indicates that the device transmits and receives various information and data via the communication I / F (via the communication unit) based on the control of the control unit (processor or the like), for example, without limitation. ..

Further, in the present specification, "payment" means electronic payment (electronic payment). An example of this is electronic payment using the above-mentioned electronic money.
In the following embodiment, "shopping settlement" is exemplified as a kind of this settlement. The shopping settlement is a payment for making a payment as consideration for purchasing a product, providing a service, or the like, and is an example of a payment made by a user of the terminal 20 (a payment made by the user of the terminal 20).
Further, the shopping settlement history is an example of payment information based on the processing related to the payment by the user of the terminal 20 (the processing executed by the terminal 20 for the payment by the user of the terminal 20).

The "processing related to payment" is not limited, but as an example, is a process related to shopping settlement executed by the terminal 20, and is a process of acquiring code information for performing shopping settlement from a server or the like (the server or the like generates code information). (Including the process of requesting to the server, the process of receiving the generated code information from the server, etc.), the process of displaying the acquired code information, and the settlement result (including the payment notification) of the shopping settlement are acquired from the server, etc. It includes processing that is related to the shopping settlement, such as processing, and more specifically, processing that is generally executed by the terminal 20 as the processing that is related to the shopping settlement.
The "code information" includes a code image and information (stored information, encoding information) stored in the code image.

Further, in the present specification, "splitting the bill" means that the users of the plurality of terminals 20 bear the paid amount based on one or a plurality of shopping settlement histories.
Further, the splitting in the present specification does not necessarily mean that the amount of money is equally divided among the users of the plurality of terminals 20, but also includes the case where the amount of money is divided (proportionately) among the users of the plurality of terminals 20. It shall mean that "equal divisions" are divided by the same proportion, and that "provisional divisions" shall be divided by different proportions.

Further, the settlement of the split bill money is referred to as "split bill settlement", and the process for realizing this split bill settlement is referred to as "split bill settlement process".
The split bill settlement may be expressed as "split bill settlement" in the sense of the split bill settlement, and the split bill settlement process may be expressed as "split bill settlement process" or may not be used.

Further, in the present specification, the transmission of information by the terminal 20 includes not only transmitting information to different terminals 20 but also transmitting information to a server such as a server 10 or a messaging server 40. To do.

<First Example>
The first embodiment is an embodiment for realizing splitting of the settlement amount of the shopping settlement by the user of either terminal 20 between the terminals 20 of the two users.

The contents described in the first embodiment can be applied to any of the other embodiments and the other modifications.
Further, the same components as those already described will be designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted again.

[System configuration]
In the communication system according to the present embodiment, at least a plurality of terminals 20 (terminals 20A, terminals 20B, terminals 20C, ...) Are connected via a network (Internet, etc.) as an example without limitation.

The terminal 20 (terminal 20A, terminal 20B, terminal 20C, ...) (Not limited, but an example of a terminal and an information processing device) is any information processing terminal capable of realizing the functions described in each embodiment. It may be a terminal. The terminal 20 is not limited but, for example, a smartphone, a mobile phone (feature phone), a computer (not limited, for example, a desktop, a laptop, a tablet, etc.), a media computer platform (not limited, for example, a cable, a satellite set). Top boxes, digital video recorders), handheld computer devices (not limited, but examples such as PDAs (personal digital assistants), email clients, etc.), wearable terminals (glasses devices, clock devices, etc.), or other types of computers. , Or includes a communication platform. Further, the terminal 20 may be expressed as an information processing terminal.

Since the configurations of the terminal 20A, the terminal 20B, and the terminal 20C are basically the same, the terminal 20 will be described in the following description.
Further, although illustrated and described in detail in the second and subsequent embodiments, the control unit of the terminal 20 will be referred to as the control unit 21, and the communication unit of the terminal 20 will be described as the communication I / F (interface) 22.

FIG. 1 is a flowchart showing an example of a flow of processing executed by each device in this embodiment.
From the left side, the splitting process executed by the control unit 21 of terminal A (terminal 20 of user A.A as an example, not limited), and control of terminal B (terminal 20 of user BB as an example, not limited). An example of the splitting process executed by the unit 21 is shown. Hereinafter, the user of the terminal A will be referred to as "user A.A", and the user of the terminal B will be referred to as "user BB".

In this example, user A. The shopping settlement history (more specifically, the shopping settlement amount) by A is displayed on the user B. The case of splitting the bill with B will be described as an example.

In the shopping settlement history, in addition to the shopping settlement amount, the name (store name) of the store that purchased the product or the store that received the service, the name and type of the purchased product or the service provided, as an example, not limited. , The date and time when the settlement was made (shopping settlement date and time), and the amount when the settlement was made (shopping settlement amount) can be included.
The shopping settlement history can also be expressed as shopping settlement history information.

First, the control unit 21 of the terminal A executes the first shopping settlement history selection process (A10). Specifically, the control unit 21 of the terminal A is not limited, but as an example, the user A. stored in the storage unit 28 of the terminal A. From the plurality of shopping settlement histories by A, at least one shopping settlement history is selected based on the operation input for selecting the shopping settlement history for the input / output unit 23. The shopping settlement history in this embodiment is an example of the first settlement information based on the processing related to the first settlement by the terminal user.

After that, the control unit 21 of the terminal A transmits the shopping settlement history selected in A10 to the terminal B by the communication I / F 22 (A20). Specifically, as an example, not limited, the shopping settlement history selected in A10 is transmitted based on the operation input for transmitting the shopping settlement history to the input / output unit 23.
In this case, the shopping settlement history to be transmitted may include at least information on the shopping settlement amount as an example and not a limitation. The shopping settlement amount is the amount actually settled in the shopping settlement (the amount actually paid by the user in the shopping settlement).

When the shopping settlement history is received from the terminal A (B20), the control unit 21 of the terminal B calculates the excess / deficiency amount (hereinafter referred to as "excess / deficiency amount") in the split bill (B30). Specifically, based on the shopping settlement amount in the shopping settlement history received from the terminal A, the user B. The excess / deficiency amount of B (in this example, the amount of money that user BB sends to user AA) is calculated.

Here, the amount paid by the user in the shopping settlement is referred to as the "paid amount" of the user. For the user who has settled the shopping settlement history that is the target of splitting the bill, the shopping settlement amount in the shopping settlement history is the paid amount. When a plurality of shopping settlement histories are split, the total amount of the shopping settlement amounts in those shopping settlement histories is the paid amount.
On the other hand, for the user who has not settled the shopping settlement history, the paid amount is "0 yen".

In this embodiment, the user B. B does not register the shopping settlement history as a split bill, and user A. Considering the case where only A registers the shopping settlement history as a split bill, the user A. The paid amount of A is transferred to the user B. Consider the case of splitting the bill with B.
In this case, the burden per person (hereinafter referred to as "amount per person") is "the amount paid for splitting the bill (in this example, the amount paid by user AA) / the number of people to split the bill. (Two people in this example) ”.

In this case, in B30, the excess / deficiency amount of the user is calculated as "the excess / deficiency amount of the user = the paid amount of the user-1 the amount per person", not as a limitation but as an example. If the calculated excess / deficiency amount is a positive value, it means that the user is the recipient (receiver) of money, and if the calculated excess / deficiency amount is a negative value, the user is It means that you are the payer (payment) of money.

As an example, not limited to User A. The paid amount (= shopping settlement amount) paid by A through the shopping settlement is set to "1,000 yen", and this is set as the user B. Consider the case of splitting the bill with B. User B. Since the paid amount of B is "0 yen" and the amount per person is "1,000 yen / 2 people = 500 yen", the user B. The excess or deficiency amount of B is calculated as "0 yen-500 yen = -500 yen", that is, "500 yen payment".

This is just an example, and is not limited to this.
In B30, user B. Not the excess or deficiency amount of B, but the user A. The excess or deficiency amount of A may or may not be calculated. In this case, in the above example, the user A. Since the paid amount of A is "1,000 yen" and the amount of money per person is "500 yen", the user A. The excess or deficiency amount of A is calculated as "1,000 yen-500 yen = +500 yen", that is, "500 yen receipt".

Also, in B30, user A. A excess or deficiency amount and user B. Both the excess and deficiency amounts of B may or may not be calculated.

Further, the ratio of split bills may be evenly divided (equal division) as described above, or may be a different ratio (provisional division).

After that, the control unit 21 of the terminal B transmits the information on the excess / deficiency amount calculated in B30 (hereinafter, referred to as “excess / deficiency amount information”) to the terminal A by the communication I / F22 (B40).

Here, the excess / deficiency amount information to be transmitted to the terminal A is the user B. It may be used as information on the excess or deficiency amount of B, or user A. It may be used as information on the excess or deficiency amount of A, or user A. A and user B. It may be information on both excess and deficiency amounts with B.

When performing split bill settlement, the terminal 20 of the user who pays the amount performs a remittance process of transferring the excess or deficiency amount of the user to the terminal 20 of the other user by electronic money. On the other hand, the terminal 20 of the user who receives the money performs the receiving process of receiving the excess or deficiency amount of money of the user from the terminal 20 of the other user by electronic money.

Sending money to users of different terminals 20 (or sending money to different terminals 20 by terminal 20) is called "remittance", and the process for realizing this remittance is called "remittance process". Refer to.
On the other hand, the fact that the user of the terminal 20 receives the money sent from the user of the different terminal 20 (or the terminal 20 receives the money sent from the different terminal 20) is called "receipt", and this receipt is realized. The processing for this is called "receipt processing".

Note that "receipt" and "receipt processing" can also be expressed as "receipt" and "receipt processing", respectively, in the sense of receiving money.

When the excess / deficiency amount information is received from the terminal B (A40), the control unit 21 of the terminal A performs a split bill settlement process with the control unit 21 of the terminal B (A50, B50). Specifically, the control unit 21 of the terminal B is not limited to the user B. The excess or deficiency amount of B is remitted to the terminal A by the communication I / F22. On the other hand, the control unit 21 of the terminal A receives the communication I / F22 from the terminal B to the user B. Receive money equivalent to B's excess or deficiency amount.
The split bill settlement process in this embodiment is an example of a remittance process / receipt process executed by the control unit 21 of the terminal 20.

As one method, the split bill settlement process can be performed between the terminal A and the terminal B by using Internet banking (online banking) or the like, for example, without limitation.
Further, as another method, the split bill settlement process can be performed by using a service related to electronic money such as a payment service (payment application) described later.

After that, the control unit 21 of the terminal A causes the display unit 24 to display the result of the split bill settlement (hereinafter, referred to as “split bill settlement result”) (A60). Specifically, as an example, not limited, the received amount received in the receiving process (or the remittance amount sent from the other party in the remittance processing) is displayed on the display unit 24.

After that, the control unit 21 of the terminal A determines whether or not to end the processing (A90), and if it is determined to continue the processing (A90: NO), returns the processing to A10. On the other hand, if it is determined that the processing is finished (A90: YES), the splitting process is finished.

Similarly, the control unit 21 of the terminal B causes the display unit 24 to display the split bill settlement result (B60). Specifically, as an example, not limited, the remittance amount (or the amount received by the other party in the remittance process) sent in the remittance process is displayed on the display unit 24.

After that, the control unit 21 of the terminal B determines whether or not to end the processing (B90), and if it is determined to continue the processing (B90: NO), returns the processing to B20. On the other hand, if it is determined that the processing is finished (B90: YES), the splitting process is finished.

<Remittance processing / receipt processing>
Basically, as described above, the user (first user) of the terminal 20 for transmitting the shopping settlement history is the user who has already paid the amount by the shopping settlement and is the side requesting the split bill. The terminal 20 of one user executes the receiving process. On the other hand, since the user (second user) of the terminal 20 who receives the shopping settlement history is the side requested to split the bill, the terminal 20 of the second user executes the remittance process.

However, as will be described in detail later, as an example, not limited to this, in the method of the present disclosure, not only the shopping settlement history by the first user but also the shopping settlement history by the second user may be split together. It is possible. In such a case, the terminal 20 of the first user may execute the remittance process, and the terminal 20 of the second user may execute the receiving process. Therefore, the terminal 20 executes one of the remittance processing and the receiving processing.

<Effect of the first embodiment>
In the first embodiment, the terminal 20 makes a shopping settlement history (not a limitation, but a first settlement) based on an operation input to the terminal 20 by the user of the terminal 20 (an example of input to the terminal by the user of the terminal, not a limitation). An example of information) is transmitted to a different terminal 20 depending on the communication I / F 22 (not limited, but an example of the communication unit of the terminal). Further, the terminal 20 has an excess / deficiency amount based on the transmitted shopping settlement history (not limited, but a first amount of money sent or received by the terminal user based on the first payment information, and a user of a terminal different from the terminal sends money. , Or at least one example of the first amount of money to be received) is received from the terminal 20 that differs depending on the communication I / F 22. Then, the terminal 20 performs a split bill settlement process (an example of a remittance process or a receipt process based on the first amount, not a limitation) based on the excess or deficiency amount, and a control unit 21 (an example of a control unit of the terminal, not a limitation). Shows the configuration to be executed by.
As an example of the effect obtained by such a configuration, the terminal performs remittance processing or receipt processing based on the first amount of money based on the transmission of the first payment information based on the processing related to the first payment by the user of the terminal. It can be executed by the control unit to easily send or receive money, and the convenience of the user can be improved.

Further, in the first embodiment, the control unit 21 of the terminal 20 includes a processor that reads a program stored in the memory and executes processing based on the program. Based on the operation input to the terminal 20 by the user of the terminal 20 (not limited, but an example of the input to the terminal by the user of the terminal), the processor performs the processing related to the first payment by the user of the terminal, not limited. An example of the first payment information based on the above is transmitted to a different terminal 20 depending on the communication I / F 22 (not limited, but an example of the communication unit of the terminal). In addition, the processor remits the excess or deficiency amount based on the transmitted shopping settlement history (not limited, but the first amount of money sent or received by the terminal user based on the first payment information, and the user of the terminal different from the terminal sends money. Or, of the second amount of money to be received, at least one example of the first amount of money) is received from the terminal 20 which differs depending on the communication I / F 22. Then, the processor shows a configuration in which the split bill settlement process (not limited, but an example of the remittance process or the receipt process based on the first amount) is executed based on the excess or deficiency amount.
Even with such a configuration, the same effect as described above can be obtained.

Further, the first embodiment shows a configuration in which the above remittance processing or receiving processing is a process including remittance or receiving to a user of a different terminal 20 (not limited to an example of a user of a different terminal). There is.
With such a configuration, it is possible to easily realize remittance to users of different terminals or receipt of money from users of different terminals.

Further, in the first embodiment, the shopping settlement history shows a configuration including information on the shopping settlement amount (not limited, but an example of information on the amount of the first settlement by the user of the terminal).
As an example of the effect obtained by such a configuration, the terminal receives and acquires at least the information of the first payment amount by transmitting the first payment information including the information of the first payment amount by the user of the terminal. be able to.

Further, in the first embodiment, the shopping settlement history shows a configuration in which the shopping settlement history is a settlement history of the shopping settlement (not limited, but an example of the settlement history of the first settlement).
As an example of the effect obtained by such a configuration, the terminal can receive and acquire at least the information of the first amount of money by transmitting the settlement history of the first settlement.

Further, in the first embodiment, the terminal 20 makes a purchase selected by the user of the terminal 20 among a plurality of shopping settlement histories (not limited to an example of a plurality of payment information) by the user of the terminal 20. The payment history (not limited, but an example of the first payment information) is transmitted to different terminals 20 depending on the communication I / F 22 (not limited, an example of the communication unit of the terminal). Further, the terminal 20 has an excess / deficiency amount based on the transmitted shopping settlement history (not limited, but a first amount of money sent or received by the terminal user based on the first payment information, and a user of a terminal different from the terminal. Information on the second amount of money to be remitted or received (at least one example of the first amount) is received from the terminal 20 by the communication I / F22. Then, the terminal 20 performs a split bill settlement process (an example of a remittance process or a receipt process based on the first amount, not a limitation) based on the excess or deficiency amount, and a control unit 21 (an example of a control unit of the terminal, not a limitation). Shows the configuration to be executed by.
As an example of the effect obtained by such a configuration, the terminal is based on the first payment information based on the fact that the communication unit transmits the first payment information among a plurality of payment information related to the payment by the user of the terminal. The remittance process or the receipt process based on the information of the first amount can be executed by the control unit to easily transfer or receive the money.

Further, in the first embodiment, the terminal 20 includes a processor that reads a program stored in the memory and executes processing based on the program. The processor is the first shopping settlement history (not limited, but first) selected by the user of the own terminal 20 among the plurality of shopping settlement histories (an example of a plurality of payment information, not limited) by the user of the own terminal 20. Sending (an example of payment information) to different terminals 20 depending on the communication I / F22 (an example of the communication part of the terminal, not the limitation) and the excess / deficiency amount based on the transmitted shopping settlement history (not the limitation, the first) Communication I / information of the first amount of money sent or received by the user of the terminal based on the payment information and the second amount of money sent or received by the user of the terminal different from the terminal, at least one example of the first amount) It shows a configuration in which reception is performed from a terminal 20 that differs depending on the F22, and split settlement processing (not limited, but an example of remittance processing based on the first amount or receipt processing) is executed based on the excess / deficiency amount.
Even with such a configuration, the same effect as described above can be obtained.

<First modification (1)>
In the first embodiment, when one terminal 20 transmits a shopping settlement history to be split to another terminal 20 (A20 in the process of FIG. 1), it corresponds to the shopping settlement history in addition to the shopping settlement amount. The information about the product purchased by the shopping settlement and the information about the service provided by the shopping settlement corresponding to the shopping settlement history may or may not be transmitted.

In this case, the information about the product purchased by the shopping settlement is not limited, but as an example, the product ID for identifying the purchased product itself, the product type ID for identifying the type of the purchased product, and the product type ID. Information such as the number of purchased products can be included.
In addition, the information about the service provided by the shopping settlement is not limited, but as an example, a service ID for identifying the provided service itself, a service type ID for identifying the type of the provided service, and the like. Information such as the number of people provided with the service can be included.

In this case, the other terminal 20 displays the information about the product and the information about the service included in the shopping settlement history received from the one terminal 20 on the display unit 24, so that the user of the other terminal 20 can get one. It is possible to notify the detailed contents of the split bill requested by the user of the terminal 20.

In this modification, the shopping settlement history is information about products purchased by shopping settlement (not limited, but an example of information about products purchased by the first settlement), or information about services provided by shopping settlement (limited). Instead, it shows a configuration that includes an example of information about the service provided in the first settlement).
As an example of the effect obtained by such a configuration, the terminal receives the terminal and the terminal by transmitting the first payment information including the information about the goods purchased in the first payment or the service provided in the first payment. Among a plurality of terminals including different terminals, each of them can receive and acquire information on the amount of money to be remitted or received.

<First modification (2)>
In the first embodiment, the input to the terminal by the user of the terminal is an operation input to the terminal by the user of the terminal, but the present invention is not limited to this.
As an example, but not limited to, the input to the terminal by the user of the terminal may or may not be a sound input including a voice input to the terminal by the user of the terminal. As an example, not limited to this, processing such as selection of shopping settlement history and transmission of shopping settlement history may or may not be performed according to voice input by the user of the terminal.
This also applies to the examples described below.

As an example of the effect obtained by such a configuration, the input to the terminal can be realized by a simple method called sound input.

<Second Example>
The second embodiment is an embodiment in which the terminal 20 uses the payment application to perform remittance processing / receipt processing via the server 10. It differs from the first embodiment in that the server 10 is added as a configuration requirement.

The contents described in the second embodiment can be applied to any of the other embodiments and the other modifications.
Further, the same components as those already described will be designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted again.

In the following, a business operator that provides a payment service using a payment application will be referred to as a "payment service business operator".

The payment service business operator can also be expressed as a business operator that provides a payment application or a business operator of the server 10.
It can also be expressed as a payment service provider in the sense of a payment service provider.

Further, in the following, it will be described that the server 10 is operated and managed by the payment service provider. Further, in the following, the name of the payment application will be illustrated and described as "Payment App" as appropriate.

Further, the payment application may be provided by the server 10 as a single application having no so-called messaging service (MS) function, or may be provided by the server 10 as a complex application having the MS function. May be provided by. Further, the messaging service may or may not include an instant messaging service (IMS: Instant Messaging Service) that enables transmission and reception of contents such as simple messages between terminals 20.

Further, the payment application may be provided by the server 10 as a single application having no so-called social networking service (SNS) function, or as a complex application having an SNS function. It may be provided by the server 10.

Note that MS (including IMS) can also be considered as one form (one form) of SNS. Therefore, MS and SNS may or may not be distinguished.

<System configuration>
FIG. 2-1 is a diagram showing an example of the system configuration of the communication system 1A in this embodiment.
In the communication system 1A, the server 10 and a plurality of terminals 20 (terminals 20A, terminals 20B, terminals 20C, ...) Are connected to each other via a network 30 as an example, not limited to the above.

The server 10 has a function of providing a payment service to a terminal 20 owned by a user via a network 30. The server 10 can also be expressed as a payment service server, a payment management server, a payment service server, a payment management server, or the like.
The number of servers 10 and the number of terminals 20 connected to the network 30 are not limited.

The network 30 plays a role of connecting one or more terminals 20 and one or more servers 10. That is, the network 30 means a communication network that provides a connection route so that data can be transmitted and received after the above-mentioned various devices are connected.

One or more parts of the network 30 may or may not be a wired network or a wireless network. The network 30 is not limited, but as an example, an ad hoc network, an intranet, an extra net, a virtual private network (VPN), a local area network (LAN), and a wireless network. LAN (wireless LAN: WLAN), wide area network (WAN), wireless WAN (wireless WAN: WWAN), metropolitan area network (metropolitan area network: MAN), part of the Internet, public exchange telephone network (Public) Part of Switched Telephone Network: PSTN), mobile phone network, ISDN (integrated service digital networks), wireless LAN, LTE (long term evolution), CDMA (code division multiple access), Bluetooth (Bluetooth (registered trademark)), satellite It can include communications, etc., or a combination of two or more of these. The network 30 may include one or more networks 30.

The server 10 (not limited to an example of a server, an information processing device, and an information management device) has a function of providing a predetermined service (payment service in this embodiment) to the terminal 20. The server 10 may be any device as long as it is an information processing device capable of realizing the functions described in each embodiment. The server 10 is not limited, but by example, a server device, a computer (not limited, by example, a desktop, a laptop, a tablet, etc.), a media computer platform (not limited, by example, a cable, a satellite set-top box, a digital video recorder). ), Handheld computer devices (for example, but not limited to, PDA, email client, etc.), or other types of computers, or communication platforms. Further, the server 10 may be expressed as an information processing device. When it is not necessary to distinguish between the server 10 and the terminal 20, the server 10 and the terminal 20 may or may not be expressed as information processing devices, respectively.

[Hardware (HW) configuration of each device]
The HW configuration of each device included in the communication system 1 will be described.

(1) HW configuration of the terminal FIG. 2-1 shows an example of the HW configuration of the terminal 20.
The terminal 20 includes a control unit 21 (CPU: central processing unit), a storage unit 28, a communication I / F 22 (interface), an input / output unit 23, a display unit 24, a microphone 25, a speaker 26, a camera 27, and the like. It includes a clock unit 29A and a position calculation information detection unit 29B. Each component of the HW of the terminal 20 is connected to each other via bus B as an example, but not a limitation. It is not essential that the HW configuration of the terminal 20 includes all the components. As an example, but not limited to, the terminal 20 may or may not have a configuration in which individual components such as a microphone 25, a camera 27, or the like, or a plurality of components are removed.

The communication I / F 22 transmits and receives various data via the network 30. Communication may be executed by wire or wirelessly, and any communication protocol may be used as long as mutual communication can be executed. The communication I / F 22 has a function of executing communication with various devices such as the server 10 via the network 30. The communication I / F 22 transmits various data to various devices such as the server 10 according to an instruction from the control unit 21. Further, the communication I / F 22 receives various data transmitted from various devices such as the server 10 and transmits the various data to the control unit 21. Further, the communication I / F 22 may be simply expressed as a communication unit. Further, when the communication I / F 22 is composed of a physically structured circuit, it may be expressed as a communication circuit.

The input / output unit 23 includes a device for inputting various operations to the terminal 20 and a device for outputting the processing result processed by the terminal 20. The input / output unit 23 may or may not be integrated with the input unit and the output unit, or may be separated into the input unit and the output unit.

The input unit is realized by any or a combination of all types of devices capable of receiving input from the user and transmitting information related to the input to the control unit 21. The input unit includes, but is not limited to, hardware keys such as a touch panel, a touch display, and a keyboard, a pointing device such as a mouse, a camera (operation input via a moving image), and a microphone (operation input by voice).

The output unit is realized by any one or a combination of all kinds of devices capable of outputting the processing result processed by the control unit 21. The output unit includes, as an example, not limited, a touch panel, a touch display, a speaker (audio output), a lens (not limited, as an example, 3D (three dimensions) output, hologram output), a printer, and the like.

The display unit 24 is realized by any or a combination of all kinds of devices that can display according to the display data written in the frame buffer. The display unit 24 is not limited but is an example of a touch panel, a touch display, a monitor (not limited but an example of a liquid crystal display or OELD (organic electroluminescence display)), a head mounted display (HDM: Head Mounted Display), projection mapping, and a hologram. , Includes a device capable of displaying images, text information, etc. in the air (which may or may not be vacuum). It should be noted that these display units 24 may or may not be able to display display data in 3D.

When the input / output unit 23 is a touch panel, the input / output unit 23 and the display unit 24 may be arranged so as to face each other with substantially the same size and shape.

The clock unit 29A is a built-in clock of the terminal 20 and outputs time information (timekeeping information). The clock unit 29A is configured to include, for example, a clock using a crystal oscillator, and the like, without limitation. The clock unit 29A can be expressed as a time measuring unit or a time information detecting unit as an example without limitation.

The clock unit 29A may or may not have a clock to which the NITZ (Network Identity and Time Zone) standard or the like is applied.

The position calculation information detection unit 29B has a function of detecting (measuring) information necessary for the control unit 21 to calculate (measure) the position of its own terminal 20 (hereinafter, referred to as "position calculation information"). It is a department. The position calculation information detection unit 29B can be expressed as a position calculation sensor unit as an example without limitation.

The position calculation information detection unit 29B is not limited, but as an example, a satellite positioning sensor (satellite positioning) which is a sensor or a unit for calculating the position of the terminal 20 using a satellite positioning system such as GPS (Global Positioning System). A unit), a sensor for calculating the position of the terminal 20 using an inertial navigation system, an inertial measurement sensor (inertial measurement unit (IMU)), and the like.

The satellite positioning unit is not limited to, for example, an RF receiving circuit that converts an RF (Radio Frequency) signal including a positioning satellite signal transmitted from a positioning satellite received by an antenna (not shown) into a digital signal. Correlation calculation processing is performed on the digital signal output from the RF reception circuit to capture the positioning satellite signal, and information such as satellite orbit data and time data extracted from the positioning satellite signal is used as position calculation information. It has a baseband processing circuit to output.

The inertial measurement unit has an inertial sensor which is a sensor that detects information necessary for calculating the position of the terminal 20 by inertial navigation calculation. The inertial sensor includes, for example, a three-axis acceleration sensor and a three-axis gyro sensor, and the acceleration detected by the acceleration sensor and the angular velocity detected by the gyro sensor are used as position calculation information. Output.

The control unit 21 calculates the position of its own terminal 20 at a periodic timing or a specific timing based on the position calculation information detected by the position calculation information detection unit 29B, as an example but not a limitation. The position of the terminal is referred to as "terminal position", and the calculated terminal position is referred to as "calculated terminal position". Then, the control unit 21 associates the calculated terminal position with the calculated date and time and stores the calculated terminal position in the storage unit 28 as the calculated terminal position history data.

The control unit 21 has a physically structured circuit for executing a function realized by a code or an instruction contained in the program, and is not limited, but as an example, a data processing device built in hardware. Is realized by. Therefore, the control unit 21 may or may not be expressed as a control circuit.

The control unit 21 is not limited, but as an example, a central processing unit (CPU), a microprocessor (microprocessor), a processor core (processor core), a multiprocessor (multiprocessor), an ASIC (application-specific integrated circuit), and an FPGA (field programmable). gate array) is included.

The storage unit 28 has a function of storing various programs and various data required for the terminal 20 to operate. The storage unit 28 includes various storage media such as HDD (hard disk drive), SSD (solid state drive), flash memory, RAM (random access memory), and ROM (read only memory) as examples without limitation. Further, the storage unit 28 may or may not be expressed as a memory.

The terminal 20 stores the program P in the storage unit 28, and by executing this program P, the control unit 21 executes the processing as each unit included in the control unit 21. That is, the program P stored in the storage unit 28 causes the terminal 20 to realize each function executed by the control unit 21. Further, this program P may or may not be expressed as a program module.

The microphone 25 is used for inputting voice data. The speaker 26 is used for outputting audio data. The camera 27 is used for acquiring moving image data.

(2) HW configuration of the server FIG. 2-1 shows an example of the HW configuration of the server 10.
The server 10 includes a control unit 11 (CPU), a storage unit 15, a communication I / F 14 (interface), an input / output unit 12, a display 13, and a clock unit 19. The components of the HW of the server 10 are connected to each other via the bus B as an example, but not a limitation. It is not essential that the HW of the server 10 includes all the components as the configuration of the HW of the server 10. As an example, but not limited to, the HW of the server 10 may or may not be configured to remove the display 13.

The control unit 11 has a physically structured circuit for executing a function realized by a code or an instruction contained in the program, and is not limited, but as an example, a data processing device built in hardware. Is realized by.

The control unit 11 is typically a central processing unit (CPU), and may or may not be a microprocessor, a processor core, a multiprocessor, an ASIC, or an FPGA. In the present disclosure, the control unit 11 is not limited to these.

The storage unit 15 has a function of storing various programs and various data required for the server 10 to operate. The storage unit 15 is realized by various storage media such as HDD, SSD, and flash memory. However, in the present disclosure, the storage unit 15 is not limited to these. Further, the storage unit 15 may or may not be expressed as a memory.

Communication I / F14 transmits and receives various data via the network 30. Communication may be executed by wire or wirelessly, and any communication protocol may be used as long as mutual communication can be executed. The communication I / F 14 has a function of executing communication with various devices such as a terminal 20 via the network 30. The communication I / F 14 transmits various data to various devices such as a terminal 20 according to an instruction from the control unit 11. Further, the communication I / F 14 receives various data transmitted from various devices such as the terminal 20 and transmits the various data to the control unit 11. Further, the communication I / F 14 may be simply expressed as a communication unit. Further, when the communication I / F 14 is composed of a physically structured circuit, it may be expressed as a communication circuit.

The input / output unit 12 is realized by a device that inputs various operations to the server 10. The input / output unit 12 is realized by any or a combination of all kinds of devices capable of receiving an input from a user and transmitting information related to the input to the control unit 11. The input / output unit 12 is typically realized by a hardware key typified by a keyboard or the like, or a pointing device such as a mouse. The input / output unit 12 may or may not include a touch panel, a camera (operation input via a moving image), and a microphone (operation input by voice) as an example, not limited to the input / output unit 12. However, in the present disclosure, the input / output unit 12 is not limited to these.

The display 13 is typically realized by a monitor (not limited, but as an example, a liquid crystal display or an OELD (organic electroluminescence display)). The display 13 may or may not be a head-mounted display (HDM) or the like. It should be noted that these displays 13 may or may not be capable of displaying display data in 3D. In the present disclosure, the display 13 is not limited to these.

The clock unit 19 is a built-in clock of the server 10 and outputs time information (timekeeping information). The clock unit 19 is configured to include an RTC (Real Time Clock) as a hardware clock, a system clock, or the like as an example, not limited to the clock unit 19. The clock unit 19 is not limited, but may be expressed as a time measuring unit or a time information detecting unit as an example.

(3) Others The server 10 stores the program P in the storage unit 15, and by executing the program P, the control unit 11 executes the processing as each unit included in the control unit 11. That is, the program P stored in the storage unit 15 causes the server 10 to realize each function executed by the control unit 11. This program P may or may not be expressed as a program module.
The same applies to other devices.

In each embodiment of the present disclosure, it will be described as realized by executing the program P by the CPU of the terminal 20 and / or the server 10.
The same applies to other devices.

The control unit 21 of the terminal 20 and / or the control unit 11 of the server 10 is formed not only in a CPU having a control circuit but also in an integrated circuit (IC (Integrated Circuit) chip, LSI (Large Scale Integration)) or the like. Each process may or may not be realized by a logic circuit (hardware) or a dedicated circuit. Further, these circuits may be realized by one or a plurality of integrated circuits, and the plurality of processes shown in each embodiment may or may not be realized by one integrated circuit. Further, the LSI may be referred to as a VLSI, a super LSI, an ultra LSI, or the like due to the difference in the degree of integration. Therefore, the control unit 21 may or may not be expressed as a control circuit.
The same applies to other devices.

Further, the program P (for example, a software program, a computer program, or a program module) of each embodiment of the present disclosure may be provided in a state of being stored in a computer-readable storage medium. It does not have to be done. The storage medium can store the program P in a “non-temporary tangible medium”. Further, the program P may or may not be for realizing a part of the functions of each embodiment of the present disclosure. Further, it may or may not be a so-called difference file (difference program) that can realize the functions of each embodiment of the present disclosure in combination with the program P already recorded on the storage medium.

The storage medium is one or more semiconductor-based or other integrated circuits (ICs) (such as, but not limited to, field programmable gate arrays (FPGAs) or application-specific ICs (ASICs)), hard disks. Disk drive (HDD), hybrid hard drive (HHD), optical disk, optical disk drive (ODD), optical magnetic disk, optical magnetic drive, floppy diskette, floppy disk drive (FDD), magnetic tape, solid It can include a drive (SSD), a RAM drive, a secure digital card, or a drive, any other suitable storage medium, or any suitable combination of two or more of these. The storage medium may be volatile, non-volatile, or a combination of volatile and non-volatile, where appropriate. The storage medium is not limited to these examples, and any device or medium may be used as long as the program P can be stored. Further, the storage medium may or may not be expressed as a memory.

The server 10 and / or the terminal 20 can read the program P stored in the storage medium and execute the read program P to realize the functions of the plurality of functional units shown in each embodiment.
The same applies to other devices.

Further, the program P of the present disclosure may or may not be provided to the server 10 and / or the terminal 20 via an arbitrary transmission medium (communication network, broadcast wave, etc.) capable of transmitting the program. .. The server 10 and / or the terminal 20 realizes the functions of the plurality of functional units shown in each embodiment by executing the program P downloaded via the Internet or the like, as an example without limitation.
The same applies to other devices.

In addition, each embodiment of the present disclosure can also be realized in the form of a data signal in which the program P is embodied by electronic transmission.
At least part of the processing in the server 10 and / or the terminal 20 may or may not be realized by cloud computing composed of one or more computers.
At least a part of the processing in the terminal 20 may or may not be performed by the server 10. In this case, at least a part of the processing of each functional unit of the control unit 21 of the terminal 20 may or may not be performed by the server 10.
At least a part of the processing in the server 10 may or may not be performed by the terminal 20. In this case, at least a part of the processing of each functional unit of the control unit 11 of the server 10 may or may not be performed by the terminal 20.
Unless explicitly stated, the configuration of the determination in the embodiment of the present disclosure is not essential, and a predetermined process is operated when the determination condition is satisfied, or a predetermined process is performed when the determination condition is not satisfied. It may or may not be.

The program of this disclosure is not limited to using script languages such as ActionScript and JavaScript (registered trademark), compiler languages such as Objective-C and Java (registered trademark), and markup languages such as HTML5. Will be implemented.

<Functional configuration>
(1) Functional Configuration of Server FIG. 2-2 is a diagram showing an example of a function realized by the control unit 11 of the server 10 in this embodiment.

The server 10 has a payment application management processing unit 111 as an example, not limited to, as a function realized by the control unit 11.

The payment application management processing unit 111 manages various information and data related to the payment application executed on the terminal 20 according to the payment application management processing program 151 stored in the storage unit 15, and manages the terminal 20 or the user of the terminal 20. It has a function to execute processing for managing payment by electronic money.

FIG. 2-3 is a diagram showing an example of information stored in the storage unit 15 of the server 10 in this embodiment.
The storage unit 15 stores the payment application management processing program 151, which is read by the control unit 11 and executed as the payment application management process, as an example, not limited to the program.

Further, as data, the payment application user registration data 153 and the user management database 155 are stored in the storage unit 15 as an example, not limited to the data.

The payment application user registration data 153 is registration data relating to the terminal 20 that uses the payment application or the user of the terminal 20, and an example of the data structure is shown in FIG. 2-4.
In the payment application user registration data 153, as an example, the user name, the payment application ID, the terminal telephone number, and other registration information are stored in association with each other.

The user name is the name of the user of the terminal 20 who uses the payment application, and is not limited, but as an example, the name registered when the user of the terminal 20 uses the payment application is stored.

The payment application ID is an account (account information) of the payment application, and is an ID that can identify the terminal 20 or the user of the terminal 20. The payment application ID is not limited, but as an example, a unique ID is set and stored by the server 10.

The terminal telephone number is the telephone number of the terminal 20 of the user with this user name, and is not limited, but as an example, the telephone number of the terminal 20 registered when the user of the terminal 20 uses the payment application is stored.

Other registration information is not limited, but as an example, authentication information such as the email address (terminal email address) of the terminal 20 of the user with this user name, the authentication password used for various authentications in the payment application, and the authentication information used by this user. Image data (icon image) of the icon to be authenticated, user profile (user profile), and the like can be included.
However, this information is not essential.

The user management database 155 is a database for managing users based on the account (account information) stored in the payment application user registration data 153, and a configuration example of the first user management database 155A, which is an example thereof, is shown in FIG. 2-. Shown in 5.
In the first user management database 155A, user management data is stored as management data for each payment application ID stored in the payment application user registration data 153.

The payment application ID, the electronic money account balance, and the shopping settlement history data are stored in each user management data as an example, not limited.

The electronic money account balance is the balance of the electronic money account that can be used in the payment service associated with this payment application ID. The balance of the electronic money account can also be expressed as the balance of the electronic money account.

The shopping settlement history data is the data of the shopping settlement history (shopping settlement history information) associated with this payment application ID, and is not limited, but as an example, the shopping settlement ID which is an ID for uniquely identifying the shopping settlement history. The store ID, which is an ID for uniquely identifying the store where the shopping settlement has been made, the store name of the store with the store ID, the shopping settlement date and time, and the shopping settlement amount are stored in association with each other.

(2) Functional Configuration of Terminals FIG. 2-6 is a diagram showing an example of functions realized by the control unit 21 of the terminal 20 in this embodiment.

The terminal 20 has a payment application processing unit 211 as an example, not limited to, as a function realized by the control unit 21.

The payment application processing unit 211 has a function of executing payment application processing according to the payment application program 281 stored in the storage unit 28.

FIG. 2-7 is a diagram showing an example of information stored in the storage unit 28 of the terminal 20 in this embodiment.
As a program, the storage unit 28 stores a payment application program 281 that is read by the control unit 21 and executed as a payment application process, not only as an example but as an example.

Further, the storage unit 28 stores the payment application account data 283, which is the data of the payment application account, as an example, not limited to the data.

In the example below, User A. An example shows a case where A becomes a "splitting master (splitting requester)" and splits the bill with another user.
The splitting master is not a limitation, but as an example, it means a user who first proposes to split the bill.

FIG. 2-8 is a diagram showing an example of the menu screen of the payment application in this embodiment. An example of a screen displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20 of A is shown.
On this menu screen, the characters "Payment App" are displayed at the upper part of the screen, and the user name of the user of the own terminal 20 ("User A.A." in this example) is displayed next to the characters.

Below that, an electronic money account display including an electronic money account balance stored and managed by the server 10 in association with the account of this user name and a charge button for charging the electronic money account with electronic money. The area is provided.

Further, below the electronic money account display area, a function icon display area including function icons corresponding to each of the plurality of functions is provided for executing processing based on the plurality of functions provided as the functions of the payment application. ing.

The function icon display area is not limited, but as an example, payment is made using a "deposit icon" for depositing and a code (one-dimensional code, two-dimensional code, etc.) displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20. "Code payment icon" for, "Code reader icon" for reading the code (one-dimensional code, two-dimensional code, etc.) installed in the store to purchase products and receive services, etc. Multiple functions such as "money transfer icon" for sending money to the user (other account) of the terminal 20 and "split icon" for splitting with the user (other account) of the other terminal 20 Includes icons.

FIG. 2-9 is a diagram showing an example of a split bill member selection screen displayed based on the operation of the split bill icon (touch operation as an example, not limitation) on the above menu screen.

The split bill member selection screen is a screen for selecting a split bill member.
The split bill member is a user who participates in the split bill, and in this specification, the split bill master will be described as being included in the split bill member.

The split bill member selection screen of FIG. 2-9 is a screen for the split bill master (user AA in this example) to select a split bill member other than himself / herself.
In the initial state, no member other than yourself is selected, so the text "There is no member to split the bill" is displayed on the screen as an example, not a limitation.
At the bottom of the screen, a "search icon" for searching the Dutch member is displayed, and by operating this search icon, it is possible to search for the Dutch member.

FIG. 2-10 is a diagram showing an example of a split bill member search screen displayed based on an operation (not a limitation but a touch operation as an example) of the search icon on the split bill member selection screen.
This split bill member search screen is a screen for the split bill master to search for split bill members other than himself, and the characters "Please enter a telephone number to search" are displayed as an example, not limited. Further, below that, along with a telephone number input field for inputting a telephone number, a search execution button for searching the terminal 20 (user of the terminal 20) of the input telephone number is displayed.

In this example, the telephone number "080XXXXXXXXX" is input and displayed in the telephone number input field. Then, when the search execution button is executed, the server 10 performs the search, and the state in which "User BB" is obtained as the search result is shown.
In addition, below the search result, an "additional icon" for adding the user obtained as the search result to the split bill member is displayed, and by operating this additional icon, it was obtained as the search result. The user is added to the split bill member by the server 10.

FIG. 2-11 is a diagram showing an example of a split bill member selection screen displayed based on the addition of a split bill member by the search on the above split bill member search screen.
This split bill member selection screen corresponds to the screen shown in FIG. 2-9, and based on the above search results, a list of users added as split bill member candidates (hereinafter referred to as "split bill member candidates") is displayed. It is displayed. In this example, the state in which "User BB", "User CC", "User DD", and "User EE" are added as split bill member candidates is shown.

In addition, a check box is displayed in association with each split bill member candidate, and in the initial state, the check of all split bill member candidates is set to "ON".
By operating the corresponding check box, it is possible to switch the check "ON / OFF", and by setting the check to "OFF", the split bill member candidate can be excluded from the split bill members. It is configured to be possible.

In this example, in addition to the search icon shown in Fig. 2-9, the user A. The shopping settlement history registration icon indicating "Register payment" is displayed as an example, not limited, for A to register his / her shopping settlement history as a split bill.

FIG. 2-12 shows an example of the shopping settlement history selection screen displayed based on the operation (not limited but touch operation as an example) of the shopping settlement history registration icon on the split bill member selection screen of FIG. 2-11. It is a figure.
On the shopping settlement history selection screen, a plurality of shopping settlement histories about the user of the terminal 20 are displayed. Specifically, as an example, not limited, the shopping settlement date and time, the store name, and the shopping settlement amount are displayed as the shopping settlement history. In this example, the shopping settlement history of a plurality of stores such as "AA rental cycle", "BB supermarket", and "CC lunch box" is displayed.

In addition, each shopping settlement history is provided with a check box associated with it, and it is possible to switch the check "ON / OFF" by operating the corresponding check box. It is possible to set the check of multiple shopping settlement histories to "ON", not limited to one shopping settlement history, and request / request the split bill by targeting the shopping settlement history whose check is "ON". (Hereinafter, referred to as "splitting request") is configured to be possible.

More specifically, a split bill request icon indicating "send a split bill request" is displayed at the bottom of the screen as an example, not a limitation, for making a split bill request for the shopping settlement history whose check is "ON". It is displayed. Then, when the split bill request icon is operated, the split bill request can be transmitted from the own terminal 20 to the terminal 20 of the split bill member selected earlier via the server 10.

In this example, the check of the two shopping settlement histories of "AA rental cycle" and "BB supermarket" is set to "ON", and the user A. The state selected by A is shown. In this case, User A. The paid amount of A is "4,500 yen" which is the sum of the shopping settlement amount "1,500 yen" of "AA rental cycle" and the shopping settlement amount "3,000 yen" of "BB supermarket". And this user A. The paid amount of A, "4,500 yen", will be split.

2-13 shows the user A. based on the fact that the split bill request icon is operated (not limited but touch operation as an example) on the shopping settlement history selection screen of FIG. 2-12. It is a figure which shows an example of the split bill request notification screen displayed on the display part 24 of the terminal 20 of the split bill member other than A.
This split bill request notification screen is displayed by the user A. User B. selected by A as a split bill member. It is a screen displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20 of B, and is an example of a screen in the payment application executed on the terminal 20.

In this example, the text "A request for splitting the bill has arrived from Mr. A." is displayed as an example, not a limitation, and below that, the user B. An excess / deficiency amount display area for displaying the excess / deficiency amount of B is provided. In this embodiment, the excess or deficiency amount of each split bill member is calculated by the server 10 as described later.

The excess / deficiency amount display area is not limited, but as an example, the user B. Along with the excess / deficiency amount of B, a mark for identifying the type (receipt / payment) of the excess / deficiency amount is displayed. In this example, "¥ 900 payment" is displayed, and the user B. B is user A. It is shown that it is necessary to pay "900 yen" to A.

The type of excess / deficiency amount (receipt / payment) is determined by the positive and negative signs of the excess / deficiency amount calculated as described above.
The expression "payment" is used because it is assumed that the excess or deficiency amount is paid in electronic money, or the excess or deficiency amount is paid in cash, which will be described in detail later. That is, "payment" includes payment in electronic money (= remittance) and payment in cash (= cash payment).
It should be noted that, without considering cash payment, "remittance" may be used instead of "payment", or it is not necessary to do so.

At the bottom of the screen, there is a "payment icon" that shows "payment" as an example, not a limitation, for performing split bill settlement based on the above excess and deficiency amount, and an example, not a limitation, for rejecting the split bill request. A "rejection icon" indicating "decline the split bill" is displayed.

When the settlement icon is operated and the type of the excess / deficiency amount of the user is "payment", the excess / deficiency amount is transferred from the user's terminal 20 to the remittance destination user's terminal 20.
On the other hand, when the type of the excess / deficiency amount of the user is "receipt", the excess / deficiency amount is received by the terminal 20 of the user.

However, the remittance / receipt in this embodiment is realized by the server 10 updating the electronic money account balance associated with the payment application ID of the user. That is, when the type of the excess / deficiency amount of the user is "payment", the amount corresponding to the excess / deficiency amount is subtracted / updated from the electronic money account balance associated with the payment application ID of the user. On the other hand, when the type of the excess / deficiency amount of the user is "receipt", the amount corresponding to the excess / deficiency amount is added / updated to the electronic money account balance associated with the payment application ID of the user.

In this example, user B. Since B is the side that pays the amount, when the settlement icon is operated, 900 yen is charged to the user A. The money is sent to the terminal 20 of A. More specifically, by the server 10, the user B. 900 yen is deducted / updated from the electronic money account balance of B's payment application ID.

Actually, the amount of 900 yen subtracted by the server 10 is the amount of user A. It is added / updated to the electronic money account balance of the payment application ID of A. In this embodiment, this user A. To update the electronic money account balance of A, user A. It is assumed that the execution is performed by the server 10 based on the operation of the settlement icon on the terminal 20 of A.

In FIG. 2-14, the user A. is based on the fact that the split bill request icon is operated (not limited but touch operation as an example) on the shopping settlement history selection screen of FIG. 2-12. It is a figure which shows an example of the excess / deficiency amount display screen displayed on the display part 24 of the terminal 20 of A.
In this example, as an example, not a limitation, the text "Calculation of excess or deficiency amount has been performed" is displayed, and below that, User A. An excess / deficiency amount display area for displaying the excess / deficiency amount of A is provided. In this example, User A. "Receive 3,600 yen" is displayed as the excess or deficiency amount of A. That is, user A. It is displayed that A receives a total of "3,600 yen" from other split bill members.

In this example, user A. Since A is the side that receives the money, when the settlement icon is operated, the amount of "3,600 yen" is the amount of the user A. It is received at the terminal 20 of A. Specifically, the total amount of 3,600 yen, which is the total amount deducted from the electronic money account balance of each of the other split Dutch members, is generated by the server 10 by the user A. It will be added / updated to the electronic money account balance associated with the payment application ID of A.

FIG. 2-15 shows User A. It is a figure which shows an example of the receipt notification screen displayed on the display part 24 of the terminal 20 of A.
On this receipt notification screen, for each split member other than yourself (in this example, "user BB", "user CC", "user DD", and "user EE"), A receipt completion notification is displayed in which the remittance amount from the member is associated with the date and time when the remittance was made (remittance date and time).

FIG. 2-16 is a diagram showing an example of a split bill completion notification displayed on the receipt notification screen of FIG. 2-15.
As an example, not a limitation, when the display area of the receipt notification screen shown in FIG. 2-15 is touched by the user's finger and then the operation of scrolling upward is performed, the split bill completion notification displayed at the bottom of the screen is displayed. Appears in the area. In this example, along with the characters "Dutch split completed", the settlement result ("3,600 yen" in this example, the amount paid by yourself "4,500 yen", the total amount paid by all members "4,500 yen", 1 A split bill completion notice including the amount of money per person "900 yen") is displayed.

<Processing>
2-17 to 2-19 are flowcharts showing an example of the flow of processing executed by each device in this embodiment. From the left side, the splitting process executed by the control unit 21 of terminal A (terminal 20 of user A.A as an example, not limited), and control of terminal B (terminal 20 of user BB as an example, not limited). An example of the splitting process executed by the unit 21 and the splitting management process executed by the control unit 11 of the server 10 is shown.

As an example, the terminal 20 of the split bill master is used by the user A. Let the terminal 20 of A be the terminal 20 (terminal A), and the terminal 20 of the user who is requested to split the bill by the split bill master is the terminal 20 of the user B. This will be described as the terminal 20 (terminal B) of B. Actually, the number of terminals 20 of the user who is requested to split the bill by the split bill master is not limited to one, but the processing is the same as that of the terminal B, so the illustration is omitted.

Note that this process is merely an example of a process for realizing the method of the present disclosure, and is not limited to this process. Another step may be added to this process, or some steps may be omitted (deleted).
This is the same for the processes described in each embodiment.

First, the control unit 21 of the terminal A transmits the member request information requesting the splitting member information (splitting member information) to the server 10 by the communication I / F22 (A110). When the member request information is received from the terminal A by the communication I / F14 (S110), the control unit 11 of the server 10 searches for the requested member information and transmits the requested member information to the terminal A by the communication I / F14 (S120). ..

When the member information is received from the server 10 by the communication I / F 22 (A120), the control unit 21 of the terminal A displays the split bill member candidate on the display unit 24 based on the received member information. Then, the control unit 21 of the terminal A executes the first member selection process for selecting the split bill member based on the selection operation of the split bill member for the input / output unit 23 (A130). Then, the control unit 21 of the terminal A transmits the member selection information including the selection result of the splitting member to the server 10 by the communication I / F 22 (A140). The server 10 receives the member selection information from the terminal A by the communication I / F 14 (S140).

After that, the control unit 21 of the terminal A sends the shopping settlement history request information for requesting the shopping settlement history corresponding to the shopping settlement by the user of the terminal 20 to the server 10 by the communication I / F 22 according to the operation for the input / output unit 23. (A150).

Here, in the present embodiment, the shopping settlement history of the user of each terminal 20 is stored and managed in the storage unit 15 of the server 10 as described above, and is not stored in the storage unit 28 of the terminal 20. .. This is to prevent the shopping settlement history from being tampered with on the terminal 20 side. Therefore, in the A150, the terminal 20 requests the server 10 for the shopping settlement history in order to display the shopping settlement history on the terminal 20.

When the shopping settlement history request information is received from the terminal A (S150), the control unit 11 receives the user A. from the user management data included in the user management database 155. A plurality of shopping settlement histories included in the shopping settlement history data of the user management data of the payment application ID of A are transmitted to the terminal A by the communication I / F22 (S160).

When the shopping settlement history is received from the server 10 (A160), the control unit 21 of the terminal A performs the second shopping settlement history selection process (A170). Specifically, as an example, not limited to, a list of a plurality of received shopping settlement histories is displayed on the display unit 24. Then, at least one shopping settlement history is selected according to the selection operation for the input / output unit 23.

After that, the control unit 21 of the terminal A transmits the shopping settlement history selection information to the server 10 by the communication I / F 22 (A180), as an example but not limited.
Here, the shopping settlement history selection information transmitted from the terminal 20 to the server 10 may be information that can identify the selected shopping settlement history on the server 10 side. Specifically, as an example, the shopping settlement ID corresponding to the selected shopping settlement history can be transmitted. Further, as another example, the selected shopping settlement history itself can be transmitted.

When the shopping settlement history selection information is received from the terminal A (S180), the control unit 11 receives the member selection information received in S140 and the shopping settlement history selection information received in S180, and the control unit 11 of each split billing member. Calculate the excess and deficiency amount (S190).

After that, the control unit 11 transmits a split bill settlement request notification including the excess / deficiency amount calculated in S190 to each of the terminal A and the terminal B by the communication I / F14 (S210).

Upon receiving the split bill settlement request notification from the server 10 (A210), the control unit 21 of the terminal A causes the display unit 24 to display the excess or deficiency amount included in the split bill settlement request notification as an example, not limited. Then, the control unit 21 of the terminal A transmits a split bill settlement approval notice for notifying that the split bill settlement is approved to the server 10 by the communication I / F 22 according to the operation for the input / output unit 23 (A230).

On the other hand, when the split bill settlement request notification is received from the server 10 (B210), the control unit 21 of the terminal B displays the excess / deficiency amount included in the split bill settlement request notification on the display unit 24 as an example, not limited. Then, the control unit 21 of the terminal A uses the user B. It is determined whether or not B agrees to split the bill (B220). Specifically, it is determined whether or not an operation indicating an intention to agree to the split bill (an operation on the above-mentioned "payment icon" as an example, not a limitation) has been performed as an example rather than a limitation. If an operation indicating the intention to refuse the split bill (not a limitation but an operation for the above-mentioned "rejection icon" as an example) is performed, it is determined that the split bill is not agreed.

If it is determined that the split bill is agreed (B220: YES), the control unit 21 of the terminal B transmits a split bill settlement approval notice for notifying that the split bill settlement is approved to the server 10 by communication I / F22 (communication I / F22). B230). On the other hand, if it is determined that the split bill is not agreed (B220: NO), the control unit 21 of the terminal B sends a split bill settlement refusal notice for notifying that the split bill settlement is not approved (refusing the split bill settlement). It is transmitted to the server 10 by the communication I / F22 (B240).

After S210, the control unit 11 executes the first split bill approval management process (S230).

FIG. 2-20 is a flowchart showing an example of the flow of the first split bill approval management process.
In this process, the split bill settlement notice is one of the above-mentioned "split bill settlement approval notice" and "split bill settlement refusal notice".

When the control unit 11 receives the split bill settlement notice from the terminal 20 (S2310), the control unit 11 determines whether or not the received split bill settlement notice is a "split bill settlement refusal notice" (S2320). If it is determined that the split bill settlement is rejected (S2320: YES), the control unit 11 determines that the split bill is not established (S2330), and ends the first split bill approval management process.

On the other hand, if it is determined that the received split bill settlement notice is not the "split bill settlement refusal notice" (it is the "split bill settlement approval notice") (S2320: NO), the control unit 11 will perform the split bill settlement from all the target terminals. It is determined whether or not the approval notification has been received (S2340).

Here, the "target terminal" is a terminal 20 in which the server 10 is scheduled to receive the split bill settlement notification. In this example, both terminal A and terminal B are target terminals.
Basically, the terminals 20 of all the split bill members are the target terminals, but even the split bill members may be excluded from the target terminals. This will be described in detail in Examples described later.

If it is determined that the split bill settlement approval notification has not been received from at least one target terminal (S2340: NO), the control unit 11 returns the process to S2310.

On the other hand, if it is determined that the split bill settlement approval notification has been received from all the target terminals (S2340: YES), the control unit 11 determines that the user of the target terminal pays the split bill for each target terminal. It is determined whether or not the balance is equal to or greater than the electronic money account balance stored in association with the payment application ID of (S2350). If this condition is not satisfied (S2350: NO), the control unit 11 shifts the process to S2330.

On the other hand, when it is determined that the condition of S2350 is satisfied (S2350: YES), the control unit 11 determines that the split bill is established (S2360). That is, when the electronic money account balances of the users of all the target terminals do not become negative, it is determined that the split bill is established. Then, the control unit 11 ends the first split bill approval management process.

Returning to the process of FIG. 2-18, if it is determined in the first split bill approval management process that the split bill is established (S310: YES), the control unit 11 notifies the split bill establishment by the communication I / F22, respectively, of the terminal A and the terminal B. (S310).

On the other hand, if it is determined in the first split bill approval management process that the split bill is not established (S310: NO), the control unit 11 transmits a split bill failure notification to each of the terminals A and B by the communication I / F 22 (S250).

After A230, the control unit 21 of the terminal A determines whether or not the communication I / F 22 has received the split bill failure notification from the server 10 (A250).
Similarly, after B240, the control unit 21 of the terminal B determines whether or not the communication I / F 22 has received the split bill failure notification from the server 10 (B250).

If the A250 does not receive the split bill failure notification from the server 10 (A250: NO), the terminal A will receive the split bill establishment notification from the server 10 (A310). In this case, the control unit 21 of the terminal A executes the split bill settlement request process of transmitting the information requesting the split bill settlement (hereinafter referred to as "split bill settlement request information") to the server 10 by the communication I / F 22 (A320). ).

Similarly, when the B250 does not receive the split bill failure notification from the server 10 (A250: NO), the terminal B receives the split bill establishment notification from the server 10 (B310). In this case, the control unit 21 of the terminal B transmits the split bill settlement request information to the server 10 by the communication I / F 22 (B320).

When the split bill settlement request information is received from each of the terminal A and the terminal B (S320), the control unit 11 executes the split bill settlement process (S330). Specifically, as an example, not limited, the amount corresponding to the excess or deficiency amount of the user is added (when receiving money) / subtraction (money is added) to the electronic money account balance of the payment application ID associated with the user. If you pay).

The split bill settlement process in this embodiment is an example of the remittance process / receipt process executed by the control unit 11 of the server 10.

After that, the control unit 11 transmits the split bill settlement result to each of the terminal A and the terminal B by the communication I / F 14 (S340).

The terminal 20 executes the split bill settlement result reception process of receiving the split bill settlement result from the server 10 by the communication I / F 22.

Specifically, when the split bill settlement result is received from the server 10 by the communication I / F 22 (A340), the control unit 21 of the terminal A displays the received split bill settlement result on the display unit 24 (A350).
Similarly, when the split bill settlement result is received from the server 10 by the communication I / F 22 (B340), the control unit 21 of the terminal B causes the display unit 24 to display the received split bill settlement result (B350).

Here, the split bill settlement result is not limited, and includes at least one of the above-mentioned receipt completion notification and the split bill completion notification as an example.
Both the receipt completion notification and the split bill completion notification may be used as the split bill settlement result, or only one of them may be used as the split bill completion notification.

In this embodiment, the split bill settlement request process and the split bill settlement result reception process are examples of the remittance process / receipt process executed by the control unit 21 of the terminal 20.

After that, the control unit 21 of the terminal A determines whether or not to end the processing (A390), and if it is determined to continue the processing (A390: NO), returns the processing to A110. If it is determined that the process is to be completed (A390: YES), the control unit 21 of the terminal A ends the split billing process.

Similarly, the control unit 21 of the terminal B determines whether or not to end the processing (B390), and if it is determined to continue the processing (B390: NO), returns the processing to B110. If it is determined that the process is to be completed (B390: YES), the control unit 21 of the terminal B ends the split billing process.

Similarly, the control unit 11 determines whether or not to end the process (S390), and if it determines that the process is to be continued (S390: NO), returns the process to S110. If it is determined that the process is completed (S390: YES), the control unit 11 ends the split bill management process.

In this embodiment, since the split bill settlement process is executed by the server 10, the terminal 20 does not directly send / receive money, but the terminal 20 executes the split bill settlement request process. Since the split bill settlement process is executed by the server 10 based on the above, it can be said that the terminal 20 is executing the remittance process / receipt process of money.

<Effect of the second embodiment>
In the second embodiment, the terminal 20 is based on the input to the terminal 20 by the user of the terminal 20 (an example of the input to the terminal, not the limitation), and the shopping settlement history (shopping settlement history selection information) (limited). Instead, the first payment information (an example) is transmitted to the server 10 by the communication I / F22 (not limited, but an example of the communication unit of the terminal). Further, the terminal 20 is different from the terminal in terms of the excess or deficiency amount of each user based on the transmitted shopping settlement history (not limited, but the first amount of money sent or received by the terminal user based on the first payment information). Information of at least one example of the first amount of money sent or received by the user of the above) is received from the server 10 by the communication I / F22. Then, the terminal 20 controls the control unit 21 (not limited, but an example of remittance processing based on the first amount or receiving processing) based on the excess or deficiency amount. The configuration to be executed by the control unit of the terminal) is shown.
As an example of the effect obtained by such a configuration, the terminal performs remittance processing or receipt processing based on the first amount of money based on the transmission of the first payment information based on the processing related to the first payment by the user of the terminal. It can be executed by the control unit to easily send or receive money, and the convenience of the user can be improved.

Further, in the second embodiment, the remittance processing or the receiving processing based on the first amount described above is the remittance to the users of different terminals 20 (different accounts in the payment application) (not limited, but an example of users of different terminals). , Or a configuration that is a process including receipt from users of different terminals 20 (different accounts in the payment application).
With such a configuration, remittance to users of different terminals or receipt of money from users of different terminals can be realized.

Further, in the second embodiment, the excess / deficiency amount (not limited, but an example of the first amount and the second amount) is an example of the shopping settlement history selected by the user of the terminal 20 (not limited, but an example of the first settlement information). ), The configuration determined by the server 10 (not limited, but an example of a server that executes a payment process related to the first payment) is shown.
As an example of the effect obtained by such a configuration, since it is not necessary for the terminal to determine the first amount and the second amount, the processing load of the terminal can be reduced.

Further, in the second embodiment, the server 10 is based on the received shopping settlement history, and the terminal 20 of the split bill master (not limited, but an example of the terminal), which is the user of the sender, and other split bill members. A configuration is shown in which each of a plurality of terminals 20 including the terminal 20 (not limited to an example of a different terminal) determines the amount of money to be remitted or received.
As an example of the effect obtained by such a configuration, the terminal determines the amount of money to be remitted or received by each of the terminal and a plurality of terminals including different terminals by transmitting the first payment information. Can be made to.

Further, in the second embodiment, the server 10 communicates the shopping settlement history (shopping settlement history selection information) based on the input to the terminal 20 by the user of the terminal 20 (not limited, but an example of the input to the terminal). Received from the terminal 20 by F14. Further, the server 10 receives information on at least the first excess / deficiency amount (not limited, but an example of the first amount of money sent or received by the terminal user based on the first payment information) based on the received shopping settlement history. Information of at least the second excess / deficiency amount (not limited, but an example of the second amount sent or received by a user of a terminal different from the terminal based on the first payment information) is transmitted to the terminal 20 by communication I / F14. It is transmitted to different terminals 20 by communication I / F14. Then, the server 10 performs split bill settlement processing based on the first excess / deficiency amount and the second excess / deficiency amount (not limited, remittance processing based on the first amount or receipt processing, and remittance processing based on the second amount. Or, an example of receiving processing) is shown.
As an example of the effect obtained by such a configuration, the server may perform remittance processing or receipt processing based on the first amount of money based on receiving the first payment information based on the processing related to the first payment by the terminal user. , The remittance process based on the second amount or the receiving process can be executed by the control unit to allow the terminal to easily send or receive money.

Further, in the second embodiment, the terminal 20 makes a purchase selected by the user of the terminal 20 among a plurality of shopping settlement histories (not limited to an example of a plurality of payment information) by the user of the terminal 20. The payment history (not limited, but an example of the first payment information) is transmitted to the server 10 by the communication I / F22 (not limited, but an example of the communication unit of the terminal). Further, the terminal 20 has an excess / deficiency amount based on the transmitted shopping settlement history (not limited, but a first amount of money sent or received by the terminal user based on the first payment information, and a user of a terminal different from the terminal. The information of at least one example of the first amount of the remittance or the second amount of money received) is received from the server 10 by the communication I / F22. Then, the terminal 20 controls the control unit 21 (not limited, but an example of remittance processing based on the first amount or receiving processing) based on the excess or deficiency amount. The configuration to be executed by the control unit of the terminal) is shown.
As an example of the effect obtained by such a configuration, the terminal is based on the first payment information based on the fact that the communication unit transmits the first payment information among a plurality of payment information related to the payment by the user of the terminal. The remittance process or the receipt process based on the information of the first amount can be executed by the control unit to easily transfer or receive the money.

<Second modification (1)>
In the second embodiment, the shopping settlement history is stored and managed in the storage unit 15 of the server 10, but the present invention is not limited to this. Similar to the first embodiment, the shopping settlement history can be stored in the storage unit 28 of the terminal 20.

As an example, not limited to, when the shopping settlement process is performed by the server 10, the shopping settlement information is transmitted to the terminal 20. Then, the terminal 20 stores the shopping settlement information received from the server 10 in the storage unit 28 as the shopping settlement history.

In this case, the terminal 20 can transmit the shopping settlement history selected from the shopping settlement history stored in the storage unit 28 to the server 10.
This is the same for each embodiment including the server 10 as a configuration requirement.

<Second modification (2)>
In the second embodiment, the split bill settlement process is performed by the control unit 11 of the server 10, but the present invention is not limited to this.
Specifically, as an example, not limited to the above, the split bill settlement process may or may not be executed by the control unit 21 of the terminal 20 as in the first embodiment.
This is the same for each embodiment including the server 10 as a configuration requirement.

<Second modification (3)>
The server 10 may manage the shopping settlement history data included in each user management data including the specific contents of the shopping settlement (hereinafter, referred to as "shopping settlement contents"). You don't have to do that.

FIG. 2-21 is a diagram showing a data configuration example of the second user management database 155B, which is another example of the user management database 155 in this modification.
In this example, the shopping settlement history data stores the shopping settlement ID, the store ID, the shopping settlement date and time, and the shopping settlement contents in association with each other.

The shopping settlement content is not limited, but includes, for example, information on products purchased at the store with the store ID and information on services provided at the store with the store ID.

In this case, the information about the purchased product is not limited, but as an example, the product ID for identifying the purchased product itself, the product type ID for identifying the type of the purchased product, and the purchased product. Information such as the number of products can be included.
In addition, the information about the provided service is not limited, but as an example, a service ID for identifying the provided service itself, a service type ID for identifying the type of the provided service, and the service are provided. Information such as the number of people who have been sent can be included.

By doing so, as an example, not limited to, the control unit 11 of the server 10 can disclose the shopping settlement contents to the terminal 20 according to the inquiry request of the shopping settlement contents received from the terminal 20.

<Second modification (4)>
The display screen and user interface (UI) shown in the second embodiment are merely examples, and are not limited thereto.

FIG. 2-22 is a diagram showing another example of the split bill request notification screen of FIG. 2-13. An example of the screen displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20 of B is shown.
This split bill request notification screen corresponds to the split bill request notification screen shown in FIG. 2-15, but the split bill requested by the split bill master is operated by operating the excess / deficiency amount display area (touch operation as an example, not limitation). It is configured to display the breakdown.
In this example, "AA rental cycle 1,500 yen" and "BB super 3,000 yen" are displayed as the breakdown of the split bill, and the total amount of them is "4,500 yen" and the amount per person. "4,500 yen ÷ 5 people = 900 yen" is displayed.

In this example, user A. It shows a case where A divides the paid amount paid by shopping settlement among five users. User A. Since the paid amount of A is "4,500 yen" and the number of people to split the bill is "5 people", the amount of money per person is "4,500 yen ÷ 5 people = 900 yen".

Specifically, the control unit 21 of the terminal 20 transmits an inquiry request for the breakdown of the split bill to the server 10 based on the operation of the excess / deficiency amount display area. The server 10 uses the store name and the shopping settlement date and time based on the shopping settlement history data included in the user management data in which the payment application ID of the splitting master is stored in the first user management database 155A (see FIG. 2-5). , Information on the shopping settlement amount is transmitted to the terminal 20. Then, the control unit 21 of the terminal 20 displays the breakdown of the split bill based on the received information.

It should be noted that the control unit 21 of the terminal 20 can be made to transmit the above-mentioned inquiry request of the shopping settlement contents from the terminal 20 to the server 10 based on the operation of the excess / deficiency amount display area. In this case, the server 10 uses the store name, based on the shopping settlement history data included in the user management data in which the payment application ID of the splitting master is stored in the second user management database 155B (see FIG. 2-21). In addition to the shopping settlement date and time and the shopping settlement amount, the shopping settlement details are transmitted to the terminal 20. Then, the control unit 21 of the terminal 20 displays the breakdown of the split bill including the shopping settlement contents based on the received information.

FIG. 2-23 is a diagram showing another example of the receipt notification screen shown in FIG. 2-15. The screen displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20 of A is shown as an example.
In this receipt notification screen, unlike the receipt notification screen of FIG. 2-15, the user A. Along with the total amount of electronic money received by A ("3600 yen" in this example), the characters "There was a remittance from the Dutch member" and the icon image of the Dutch member other than yourself ("User B" in this example). A receipt notification including ".B", "user CC", "user DD", and "user EE" icon images) is displayed. Further, below the receipt notification, a split bill completion notice similar to the split bill completion notice shown in FIG. 2-16 is displayed.

By performing such a display, the user of the split bill master can grasp at a glance the total amount of money sent to himself and the split bill member who sent money to himself.

<Second modification (5)>
The terminal 20 of the user who does not transfer money even though the split bill request is made may or may not be urged from the terminal 20 of the split bill master via the server 10.

FIG. 2-24 is a diagram showing an example of the split bill reminder notification screen in this embodiment, and is a diagram showing the user B. An example of the screen displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20 of B is shown.
On this split bill reminder notification screen, the characters "A reminder of split bill has arrived from Mr. A." are displayed, and below that, as with the split bill request notification screen, user B. The excess / deficiency amount display area including the excess / deficiency amount of B is displayed.

By displaying in this way, even if the user who is requested to split the bill forgets (or forgets) the settlement, it is possible to make the settlement surely.

<Second modification (6)>
In the second embodiment, when the electronic money account balances of the users of all the target terminals do not become negative, it is determined that the split bill is established.
Regarding this, as an example, not limited, when there is a user of the target terminal whose electronic money account balance is negative, the server 10 (depending on the payment application operator) reimburses the shortfall amount, etc. The money account may be replenished to determine that the split bill has been established. In this case, the reimbursed amount may be settled by the user later.

<Third Example>
The third embodiment is an embodiment in which each split bill member can check not only his / her own excess / deficiency amount but also the excess / deficiency amount of other split bill members on his / her terminal 20.
The third embodiment is an embodiment in which the terminal 20 receives information on the excess or deficiency amount of each of the split billing members from the server 10 and displays the information on the display unit 24 in addition to the processing of the second embodiment.

The contents described in the third embodiment can be applied to any of the other embodiments and the other modifications.
Further, the same components as those already described will be designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted again.

<Display screen example>
FIG. 3-1 is a diagram showing an example of the shopping settlement history selection screen in this embodiment. An example of a screen displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20 of A is shown.
In this shopping settlement history selection screen, as in the shopping settlement history selection screen of FIG. 2-12, a plurality of shopping settlement histories for the user of his / her terminal 20 are displayed. In this example, the state in which the check of the shopping settlement history of "AA rental cycle" and "BB supermarket" is set to "ON" is shown.

Further, the shopping settlement history selection screen shown in FIG. 3-1 is different from the shopping settlement history selection screen shown in FIG. 2-12 in the icon displayed at the bottom of the screen. Specifically, on the shopping settlement history selection screen of FIG. 2-12, the split bill request icon was displayed at the bottom of the screen, but on the shopping settlement history selection screen of FIG. The split bill content confirmation icon indicating "Confirm split bill content" is displayed as an example, not as a limitation, for confirming the content of.

FIG. 3-2 is a diagram showing an example of the split bill content confirmation screen displayed based on the operation (not limited but touch operation as an example) of the split bill content confirmation icon on the shopping settlement history selection screen of FIG. 3-1. Is.
On this split bill content confirmation screen, for each split bill member including the user of the own terminal 20, the paid amount list display area for displaying the paid amount and the excess / deficiency amount list for displaying the excess / deficiency amount. A display area is provided.

In this example, in the paid amount list display area, "4,500 yen" is displayed as the paid amount for the user (user AA) of his / her terminal 20, and the other splitting member users (user B). .B, user CC, user DD, user EE) "0 yen" is displayed as the paid amount.

Further, in this example, since the amount of money per person is "900 yen", the user (user AA) of his / her terminal 20 has excess or deficiency of "3600 yen received" in the excess / deficiency amount list display area. It is displayed as an amount, and for the users of other split bill members (user BB, user CC, user DD, user EE), "900 yen payment" is displayed as an excess or deficiency amount.

Further, below the paid amount list display area and the excess / deficiency amount list display area, there is an amount display area per person in which the amount per person is displayed. In this example, "900 yen" is 1. It is displayed as the amount per person.

In addition, a comment input area for inputting a comment is provided below the amount display area per person. In this example, the user A. A indicates that a comment has been entered and displayed with the content "It is a split bill for payment on the other day's trip."

In addition, on this split bill content confirmation screen, the "split bill request icon" displayed on the shopping settlement history selection screen in FIG. 2-12 is displayed at the bottom of the screen. By operating this split bill request icon, the split bill request is transmitted to the terminal 20 of another split bill member.

The above-mentioned various information is not limited, but is displayed as an example by transmitting split bill confirmation information from the server 10 to the terminal 20. In this example, the split bill confirmation information can include information on the paid amount based on the registered shopping settlement history, information on the excess and deficiency amount of each split bill member, and information on the registered comment.

It should be noted that not all the above information must be included in the split bill confirmation information, and some of the information may be included in the split bill confirmation information. As an example, not the limitation, the information on the excess / deficiency amount of each split bill member may be included in the split bill confirmation information, and the information on the excess / deficiency amount of each split bill member may be confirmed on the terminal 20.

FIG. 3-3 shows the user B. based on the fact that the split bill request icon is operated (not limited but touch operation as an example) on the split bill content confirmation screen of FIG. 3-2. It is a figure which shows an example of the split bill request notification screen displayed on the display part 24 of the terminal 20 of B.
In this split bill request notification screen, unlike the split bill request notification screen shown in FIG. 2-13, the user A. The comment entered by A is displayed. In this example, User A. In association with the icon image of A and the user name, the comment "It is a split bill of payment for the other day's trip" is displayed in a balloon.

Further, unlike the split bill request notification screen of FIG. 2-13, the split bill request notification screen of FIG. 3-3 shows "confirm the settlement content" as an example, not a limitation, for confirming the details of the settlement content. The payment confirmation icon is displayed.

FIG. 3-4 is a diagram showing an example of a settlement content confirmation screen displayed when the settlement content confirmation icon is operated (not limited but a touch operation as an example) on the split bill request notification screen of FIG. 3-3.
On this settlement content confirmation screen, in order from the top, the user B. B and user A. who is the split bill master. The icon image and the user name of A and the other split billing members (user CC, user DD, user EE) are displayed. Further, in association with each split bill member, the paid amount of the split bill member is displayed in the paid amount list display area, and the excess / deficiency amount of the split bill member is displayed in the excess / deficiency amount list display area.

FIG. 3-5 is a diagram showing an example of display when the paid amount list display area is operated (not limited but touch operation as an example) on the settlement content confirmation screen of FIG. 3-4.
When the display area of the paid amount of one user in the paid amount list display area is operated, the payment contents corresponding to the paid amount, that is, the breakdown of the split bill can be confirmed. In this example, in the paid amount list display area, the user A. The display area of the paid amount (“4,500 yen” in this example) associated with A is the user B. Based on the touch operation by B, the payment content corresponding to the paid amount is displayed in a pop-up format.

<Processing>
FIG. 3-6 is a flowchart showing an example of the flow of processing executed by each device in this embodiment.
In this process, steps A410 and A420 are added as the process of the terminal A to the process portion of FIG. 2-17 of the processes of FIGS. 2-17 to 2-19, and the step of S410 is added as the process of the server 10. This is the added process.

After S180 and S190, the control unit 11 of the server 10 transmits the above-mentioned split bill confirmation information to the terminal A by the communication I / F14 (S410). Then, the control unit 11 shifts the processing to S210 of FIG. 2-18.

When the split bill confirmation information is received from the server 10 by the communication I / F 22 (A410), the control unit 21 of the terminal A displays the received split bill confirmation information on the display unit 24 (A420). As a result, various types of information including the above-mentioned excess / deficiency amount information and the like are displayed on the display unit 24. Then, the control unit 21 of the terminal A shifts the processing to A210 of FIG. 2-18.

<Effect of the third embodiment>
In the third embodiment, the terminal 20 has at least information on the excess / deficiency amount (not limited, but an example of the first amount) of the user of the own terminal 20 based on the shopping settlement history by the user of the own terminal 20. The communication I / F 22 receives the split bill confirmation information (an example of the amount information, not the limitation) including the information of the excess / deficiency amount (an example of the second amount, not the limitation) of the users of different terminals 20 from the server 10. Then, the terminal 20 shows a configuration in which the received split bill confirmation information is displayed on the display unit 24.
As an example of the effect obtained by such a configuration, it is possible to enable the user of the terminal to confirm the amount information including at least the information of the first amount and the information of the second amount.

<Third modification (1)>
In the third embodiment, it is also possible for the user of the terminal 20 to check the status of split bill settlement based on the excess or deficiency amount of each split bill member (hereinafter, referred to as “split bill settlement status”).

FIG. 3-7 is a diagram showing an example of the split bill content confirmation screen in this modified example, and is a diagram showing the user B. An example of the screen displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20 of B is shown.
This splitting content confirmation screen is not limited, but as an example, the excess / deficiency amount of the splitting member and the splitting settlement status of the splitting member are displayed in association with the icon image of each splitting member.

In the column of the Dutch split master (User A.A.), the split bill settlement status is not limited, but as an example, the excess or deficiency amount of the split bill master (amount to be received) and the status of receiving money from other split bill members (receipt) Completed / Unreceived) is displayed. If money has been received from some of the other Dutch members, "Received" is displayed along with the amount received.

In addition, in the columns of the split bill members other than the split bill master (in this example, myself (user BB), user CC, user DD, user EE), the split bill settlement status is not limited but as an example. , The excess / deficiency amount of the split bill member (amount to be paid) and the payment status of the split bill member amount (settled / unsettled) are displayed.

In addition, under the display area of the split bill settlement status, as an example, not a limitation, as an example, not a limitation, to update the split bill settlement status to the latest state, an update mark and the character "update". The split bill settlement status update icon including is provided. When the split bill settlement status update icon is operated, the latest split bill settlement status is transmitted from the server 10 to the terminal 20, and the display is updated.

In this example, "900 yen payment" and "unpaid" are displayed as the split bill settlement status of oneself (user BB).
In addition, as the split bill settlement status of split bill members other than the split bill master (user AA) and himself (user BB), the user C.I. C has "900 yen paid" and "unpaid", but user D. For D, "900 yen paid" and "paid" are displayed by the user E.I. "Payment of 900 yen" and "Unpaid" are displayed in E, respectively.
In addition, user D. D has been settled, and the split bill master (user A.A.) is the user D. Since "900 yen" has been received from D, "3,600 yen received" and "900 yen received" are displayed as the split bill settlement status of the split bill master (user AA).

By performing such a display, the user of each terminal 20 can check the settlement status of a user other than himself / herself, so that the convenience of the user can be improved.

<Third modification (2)>
It may be possible to change the amount of money each splitting member bears by splitting the bill, or the ratio of paying the amount of money, based on the input by the user of the terminal 20.

FIG. 3-8 is a diagram showing another example of the split bill content confirmation screen. An example of a screen displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20 of A is shown.
In this split bill content confirmation screen, as an example, not limited to, the ratio of the burden of the amount of money in the split bill of each split bill member next to the amount display area per person on the split bill content confirmation screen in FIG. 3-5 (hereinafter, "" A split bill ratio confirmation icon indicating "confirm the split ratio" is provided as an example, not a limitation, for displaying the split bill ratio.
In this display screen example, the splitting ratio is displayed as the "sharing ratio".

FIG. 3-9 is a diagram showing an example of the split bill ratio confirmation screen displayed based on the operation (not limited but touch operation as an example) of the split bill ratio confirmation icon on the split bill content confirmation screen of FIG. 3-8. is there.
On this split bill ratio confirmation screen, the characters "Please check the split split ratio" are displayed, and below that, a total payment display area is provided to display the total payment amount (total payment amount) for shopping settlement. Has been done.

Here, the "total payment amount" is the total amount of payments based on the shopping settlement history registered by each split bill member.
In this embodiment, the user A. Since only A decides to register the shopping settlement history, "user A.A's paid amount = total payment amount". As a result, in this example, "4,500 yen" is displayed as the total payment amount.
When only one user registers the shopping settlement history as in this example, the total payment amount may be displayed as the paid amount of that user.

Below that, a graph display area is provided for displaying the settled amount of the excess and deficiency amounts in a graph in association with the icon image of each split bill member. In this example, the graph display area displays a horizontal bar graph whose length changes according to the amount of money that has been settled.

Specifically, in this example, the split bill master (user A.A.) has already paid "4,500 yen" in the shopping settlement and has not yet received money from any of the other split bill members, so the user. A. A bar graph with a length corresponding to "4,500 yen" is displayed next to the icon image of A. In addition, all the other split bill members are still User A. Since no amount has been paid to A and the length of the bar graph is "0", the user A. The "0 yen" surrounded by a broken line is displayed in association with the icon image of the split bill member other than A.

In this state, one of the split bill members is User A. When money is sent to A, the length of the bar graph associated with the split bill member is the length of the user A. It is updated and displayed to the length corresponding to the amount of money sent to A.

Also, next to the graph display area, the excess and deficiency amounts of each split bill member are displayed. In this example, the split bill master (user AA) displays "3,600 yen, receive" as the excess / deficiency amount, and the other split bill members display "900 yen payment" as the excess / deficiency amount. ..

Also, at the bottom of the screen, a split bill ratio change icon indicating "change the split split ratio" is displayed as an example, not a limitation, for changing the split bill ratio.

FIG. 3-10 is a diagram showing an example of the split bill ratio change screen displayed based on the operation (not limited but touch operation as an example) of the split bill ratio change icon on the split bill ratio confirmation screen of FIG. 3-9. Yes, User A. An example of a screen displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20 of A is shown.
On this splitting ratio change screen, a graph for changing the splitting ratio for changing the splitting ratio of each splitting member is displayed. In this example, as a graph for changing the splitting ratio, a graph represented by a donut-shaped graph (hereinafter, referred to as “doughnut graph”) is displayed. This donut graph is a graph having a hole in the center of a pie chart, and in this example, the total payment amount is displayed in the area where the hole is in the center.

In addition, the donut graph has a plurality of areas corresponding to each split bill member, and is associated with the icon image of each split bill member, based on the split bill ratio of the split bill member, the split bill ratio, and the total payment amount. The calculated excess / deficiency amount (= total payment x split bill ratio) is displayed.

The splitting ratio of each splitting member can be changed by swiping in either direction the boundary between the display area corresponding to the splitting member and the display area corresponding to the adjacent splitting member in the donut graph. It is configured in.

As an example, not limited to, among the donut graphs, user B. B display area and user C.I. The boundary portion of C with the display area is touched with a finger, and then the user B. B side or user C.I. By performing the operation of moving the finger to the C side, the user B. B and user C. The splitting ratio of C is changed.

Specifically, as an example, not limited to user B. When the finger is moved to the B side, the user B. of the donut graph is displayed. The proportion occupied by the display area of B is reduced, and the user B. The splitting ratio of B decreases, and the user C. The splitting ratio of C increases. On the other hand, user C.I. When the finger is moved to the C side, the user B. of the donut graph is displayed. The proportion occupied by the display area of B increases, and the user B. The splitting ratio of B increases, and the user C. The splitting ratio of C decreases. In this case, the splitting ratio of other splitting members does not change.

In this example, the case of changing the splitting ratio using a donut graph is illustrated, but the splitting ratio may be changed using a graph other than the donut graph such as a bar graph, a pie chart, or a band graph. You don't have to do that. Further, the splitting ratio may or may not be changed by inputting a numerical value.
Further, instead of the split bill ratio, the excess / deficiency amount may or may not be changed according to the same method.

FIG. 3-11 is a flowchart showing an example of the flow of processing executed by each device in this modified example.
This process is a process in which steps A430 and A440 are added as the process of the terminal A and a step of S440 is added as the process of the server 10 to the process of FIG. 3-6.

After A420, the control unit 21 of the terminal A determines whether or not to change the splitting ratio based on whether or not the splitting ratio changing operation is input to the input / output unit 23, as an example, not limited to. (A430).

If it is determined that the split bill ratio is to be changed (A430: YES), the control unit 21 of the terminal A is not limited to, but as an example, sends the split bill change request information including the split bill ratio specified by the split bill ratio change operation to the communication I / After transmitting to the server 10 by F22 (A440), the process is returned to A410.

On the other hand, if it is determined that the splitting ratio is not changed (A430: NO), the control unit 21 of the terminal A shifts the process to A210 in FIG. 2-18.

After S410, the control unit 11 determines whether or not the split bill change request information has been received from the terminal A by the communication I / F 14 (S440), and if it determines that it has been received (S440: YES), processes it in S190. Return. That is, the excess / deficiency amount is recalculated based on the split bill ratio included in the split bill change request information received from the terminal A.

The control unit 11 repeats the processes of S190 and S410 until it stops receiving the split bill change request information from the terminal 20 (S440: NO). Then, if it is determined that the split bill change request information is no longer received from the terminal 20 (S440: NO), the control unit 11 shifts the process to S210 of FIG. 2-18.

According to this modification, the terminal transmits information for changing at least one of the information of the first amount and the information of the second amount, so that the information of the first amount and the information of the second amount can be changed. You can easily change at least one of the information.

<Fourth Example>
The fourth embodiment is an embodiment in which the excess / deficiency amount is calculated based on the shopping settlement history by the user of the own terminal 20 and the shopping settlement history by the user of the different terminal 20.
The first to third embodiments are different from the first to third embodiments in that the shopping settlement history can be added and registered by the user of the terminal 20 or the user of a different terminal 20.

The contents described in the fourth embodiment can be applied to any of the other embodiments and the other modifications.
Further, the same components as those already described will be designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted again.

<Display screen example>
FIG. 4-1 is a diagram showing an example of the split bill content confirmation screen in this embodiment, and is a diagram showing the user B. An example of the screen displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20 of B is shown.
In this embodiment, the shopping settlement history to be split by the first user is already registered, and the shopping settlement history to be split by a second user different from the first user is additionally registered. It is configured to be possible. Here, as illustrated above, the user A. With the shopping settlement history registered by A, user B. An example is an example in which B adds and registers his / her own shopping settlement history.

This split bill content confirmation screen is almost the same as the split bill content confirmation screen in Fig. 3-4, but the icon displayed at the bottom of the screen is different. Specifically, in addition to the settlement icon indicated as "payment" as an example rather than limitation, "payment amount" as an example rather than limitation for additionally registering the shopping settlement history of oneself (user BB). The shopping settlement history addition icon indicating "Add" is displayed.

FIG. 4-2 shows an example of the shopping settlement history selection screen displayed based on the operation (not limited but touch operation as an example) of the shopping settlement history addition icon on the split bill content confirmation screen of FIG. 4-1. It is a figure.
On this shopping settlement history selection screen, the user B. A plurality of shopping settlement histories by B are displayed. In this example, the shopping settlement history at a plurality of stores such as "DD cafe", "EE restaurant", and "FF convenience" is displayed. At the bottom of the screen, a shopping settlement history registration icon labeled "Register" is displayed as an example, not a limitation, for registering the selected shopping settlement history.

In FIG. 4-3, the user B. is based on the fact that the shopping settlement history registration icon is operated (not limited but touch operation as an example) on the shopping settlement history selection screen of FIG. 4-2. It is a figure which shows an example of the split bill content confirmation screen displayed on the display part 24 of the terminal 20 of B.
In this example, User A. In addition to the shopping settlement history for "4,500 yen" previously registered by A, user B. B shows a state in which the shopping settlement history for "5,500 yen" is additionally registered. As a result, in the paid amount list display area, the paid amount "5,500 yen" is displayed in association with the icon image of oneself (user BB), and the user A. The paid amount "4,500 yen" is displayed in association with the icon image of A.

Here, as described above, the total amount of payments based on the shopping settlement history registered by each Dutch member is defined as the "total payment amount". Then, in this embodiment, it is calculated as "amount per person = total payment ÷ number of people to split the bill".

In this example, user A. A and user B. Since each of B and B has registered the shopping settlement history, "the amount paid by user AA + the amount paid by user BB = total payment". User A. The paid amount of A is "4,500 yen", and the user B. Since the paid amount of B is "5,500 yen", the total payment amount is "4,500 yen + 5,500 yen = 10,000 yen". Since the number of people to split the bill is "5 people", "amount per person = 10,000/5 people = 2,000 yen". As a result, "2,000 yen" is displayed as the amount of money per person.

Further, in the excess / deficiency amount list display area, the excess / deficiency amount calculated based on the paid amount of each user and the amount per person is displayed. Specifically, "5,500 yen-2,000 yen = +3,500 yen (3,500 yen received)" is displayed as the excess or deficiency amount of oneself (user BB), and the user A. "4,500 yen-2,000 yen = +2,500 yen (received 2,500 yen)" is displayed as the excess / deficiency amount of A, and "0 yen-2,000 yen" as the excess / deficiency amount of other split bill members. Yen = -2,000 yen (2,000 yen payment) "is displayed.

In FIG. 4-4, the user B. is based on the fact that the settlement icon is operated (not limited but touch operation as an example) on the split bill content confirmation screen of FIG. 4-3. It is a figure which shows an example of the split bill request notification screen displayed on the display part 24 of the terminal 20 of B.
On this split bill request notification screen, the user B. As the excess / deficiency amount of B, "Receive 3,500 yen" is displayed in the excess / deficiency amount display area.

Also, when the excess / deficiency amount display area is operated, it will be below it. User A. The comment of A and the breakdown of the split bill are displayed. In this example, as a breakdown of the split bill, the user A. The shopping settlement history registered by A and the user B. The shopping settlement history registered by B is displayed, and "10,000 yen" is displayed as the total amount and "2,000 yen" is displayed as the amount per person. Further, in this example, the shopping settlement history of the "EE restaurant" is the user B. As a display to indicate that the shopping settlement history is newly registered by B, the user B. An "N (New)" mark is attached to the upper left of the icon image of B and displayed.

In FIG. 4-5, the user A. is based on the fact that the settlement icon is operated (not limited but touch operation as an example) on the split bill content confirmation screen of FIG. 4-3. It is a figure which shows an example of the split bill request notification screen displayed on the display part 24 of the terminal 20 of A.
On this split bill request notification screen, the user A. As the excess / deficiency amount of A, "Receive 2,500 yen" is displayed in the excess / deficiency amount display area.

Also, when the excess / deficiency amount display area is operated, the comment of oneself (user AA) and the breakdown of the split bill are displayed below it. The breakdown of the displayed comments and split bills is the same as in FIG. 4-4.

<Functional configuration>
FIG. 4-6 is a diagram showing an example of information stored in the storage unit 15 of the server 10 in this embodiment.
In addition to the payment application management processing program 151, the payment application user registration data 153, and the user management database 155, the storage unit 15 stores the splitting management database 157 as an example, not limited to the payment application management processing program 151.

The split bill management database 157 is a database for the server 10 to manage split bills by the user of the terminal 20, and a configuration example of the first split bill management database 157A, which is an example thereof, is shown in FIG. 4-7.
In the first split bill management database 157A, split bill management data is stored as management data for each split bill.

Each split bill management data is not limited, but as an example, a split bill management ID, a split bill master ID, a split bill member ID, and shopping settlement history management data are stored.

The split bill management ID stores an ID (identification information) for uniquely identifying the split bill. As an example, not a limitation, when it is decided to split the bill in a group of a plurality of users, a unique ID is set and stored by the server 10 with the split bill in the group as one unit.

The split bill master ID is not limited, but the payment application ID of the split bill master is stored as an example.

The payment application ID of each split bill member is stored in the split bill member ID.

The shopping settlement history management data is data for managing one or more shopping settlement histories that have been the target of splitting, and is not limited, but as an example, the settlement person ID, the shopping settlement ID, and the amount to be split are associated with each other. Be remembered.

The payment application ID of the user who made the payment for the shopping payment history is stored in the payment person ID. In this settlement person ID, not only the splitting master ID but also the ID of each user included in the splitting member ID can be stored. That is, not only the shopping settlement history registered by the Dutch master, but also the shopping settlement history registered by the Dutch members other than the Dutch master is stored in the shopping settlement history management data.

The shopping settlement ID includes the shopping settlement ID of the shopping settlement history included in the shopping settlement history data in the user management data corresponding to the payment application ID of the user of the settlement person ID included in the user management database 155. The shopping settlement ID corresponding to the shopping settlement history registered by the user of the settlement person ID is stored.

The amount to be split is an amount up to the shopping settlement amount in the shopping settlement history corresponding to the shopping settlement ID, and the amount specified by the user of the settlement person ID is stored as the amount to be split. To.

Regarding the split bill member ID, the payment application ID of the split bill member other than the split bill master may or may not be stored. That is, the split bill master ID may or may not be excluded from the split bill member ID column.

<Processing>
FIG. 4-8 is a flowchart showing an example of the flow of processing executed by each device in this embodiment.
In the process of FIG. 4-8, in the process portion of FIG. 2-18 of the processes of FIGS. 2-16 to 2-18, the step of A530 is added as the process of the terminal A, and the process of the terminal B is the process of A530. This is a process in which steps are added and steps S530 to S570 are added as processes of the server 10.
The same steps as those described above are designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted again.

After A210, the control unit 21 of the terminal A executes the split bill additional registration process (A530). Similarly, after B210, the control unit 21 of the terminal B executes the split bill additional registration process (A530).

FIG. 4-9 is a flowchart showing an example of the flow of the split bill additional registration process.
The control unit 21 determines whether or not the user of his / her terminal 20 agrees to split the bill (A5310). Specifically, as an example, not a limitation, it is determined whether or not an operation for showing the intention to agree to the split bill has been input to the input / output unit 23.

If it is determined that the split bill is not agreed (A5310: NO), the control unit 21 determines whether or not to add the shopping settlement history (A5320). Specifically, as an example, not a limitation, it is determined whether or not an operation for adding a shopping settlement history has been input to the input / output unit 23.

If it is determined that the shopping settlement history is to be added (A5320: YES), the control unit 21 executes the split bill settlement addition process (A5330). Then, the control unit 21 transmits, as an example, not limited to, the split bill settlement additional notification including the shopping settlement ID of the shopping settlement history to be added to the server 10 by the communication I / F22 (A5340).

On the other hand, if it is determined not to add the shopping settlement history (A5320: NO), the control unit 21 transmits the split bill settlement refusal notification to the server 10 by the communication I / F22 (A5350).
If it is determined that the split bill is agreed (A5310: YES), the control unit 21 transmits the split bill settlement approval notification to the server 10 by the communication I / F 22 (A5360).

After A5340, A5350 or A5360, the control unit 21 determines whether or not the split bill change notification has been received from the server 10 by the communication I / F22 (A5370), and if it determines that it has been received (A5370: YES). The received split bill change notification is displayed on the display unit 24 (A5380). Then, the control unit 21 returns the process to A5310.

On the other hand, if it is determined that the split bill change notification has not been received (A5370: NO), the control unit 21 ends the split bill additional registration process.

After S210, the control unit 11 of the server 10 executes the second split bill approval management process (S530).

FIG. 4-10 is a flowchart showing an example of the flow of the second split bill approval management process.
This process replaces the step S2310 in the first split bill approval management process (see FIG. 2-20) with S5310, and adds the steps S5320 to S5340. In this process, the split bill settlement notice is one of the above-mentioned "split bill settlement approval notice", "split bill settlement refusal notice", and "split bill settlement additional notice".
The same steps as those described above are designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted again.

When the control unit 11 receives the split bill settlement notice from the terminal 20 (S5310), the control unit 11 determines whether or not the received split bill settlement notice is the "split bill settlement additional notice" (S5320). If it is determined that the received split bill settlement notice is not the split bill settlement additional notice (5320: NO), the control unit 11 shifts the process to S2320.

On the other hand, if it is determined that the received split bill settlement notification is the split bill settlement additional notification (S5320: YES), the control unit 11 makes a purchase settlement in the corresponding split bill management data in the first split bill management database 157A. Update history management data. Then, the control unit 11 calculates the excess / deficiency amount based on the shopping settlement history identified by the shopping settlement ID included in the received split bill settlement additional notification (S5330).

After that, the control unit 11 changes the split billing content based on the calculated excess / deficiency amount (S5340). Then, the control unit 11 ends the second split bill approval management process.

Returning to FIG. 4-8, the control unit 11 determines whether or not the split bill content has been changed in the second split bill approval management process (S550), and if it determines that the split bill has been changed (S550: YES), the split bill change. The notification is transmitted to each of the terminal A and the terminal B by the communication I / F 14 (S570). Then, the control unit 11 returns the process to S530.

On the other hand, if it is determined in the second split bill approval management process that the split bill content has not been changed (S550: NO), the control unit 11 shifts the process to S240.

After A530, the control unit 21 of the terminal A shifts the processing to A250. Similarly, after A530, the control unit 21 of the terminal B shifts the processing to B250.

<Effect of Fourth Example>
In the fourth embodiment, the excess / deficiency amount of each split bill member (not limited, but an example of the first amount and the second amount) is a shopping settlement history (not limited) by a split bill member different from the user of one terminal 20. , An example of the second payment information regarding the second payment by users of different terminals) and a shopping settlement history by one user (an example of the first payment information, not a limitation). ..
As an example of the effect obtained by such a configuration, the first amount and the second amount are determined in consideration of not only the first payment information but also the second payment information regarding the second payment by users of different terminals. Therefore, the convenience of the user can be improved.

<Fourth modification (1)>
In the fourth embodiment, the user of the split bill master may or may not be able to set additional permission / prohibition of the shopping settlement history by other split bill members.

In this modified example, FIG. 4-11 shows the user A., who is the splitting master, based on the operation of the splitting content confirmation icon on the shopping settlement history selection screen of FIG. 3-1. It is a figure which shows an example of the split bill content confirmation screen displayed on the display part 24 of the terminal 20 of A.
On this split bill content confirmation screen, in the paid amount display area, the split bill member can add his / her own shopping settlement history in association with the icon image and user name of the split bill member other than himself / herself (user AA). As an example, not limited, the shopping settlement history addition request icon indicated as "addition request" is displayed. User A. who is a split bill master. A is not limited, but as an example, by touching the shopping settlement history addition request icon associated with each split bill member, it is possible to set permission / prohibition of addition of the shopping settlement history by the split bill member. It is configured in.

,
The shopping settlement history addition request icon is not limited, but as an example, the split bill members who are allowed to add the shopping settlement history are displayed in the active state, and the split bill members who are prohibited from adding the shopping settlement history are displayed in the inactive state. Is displayed. In this example, the user A. By A, user E. A setting is made to prohibit the addition of the shopping settlement history by E, whereby the user E.I. The add request icon associated with E is displayed in an inactive state.

This is User A. A to user E. User A. to split the shopping settlement history when traveling in group E. If A proposes, as an example, not a limitation, with respect to this trip, User E.I. User A. that E has not paid "1 yen". A remembers, user E. E cannot add the shopping settlement history (or does not allow user EE to add the shopping settlement history) and user A. This is the case when A judges.

This is just an example, but when the Dutch Master decides that the shopping settlement history will not be added for a specific Dutch member, or when it decides that it is not allowed to add the shopping settlement history. In addition, it is possible to prohibit the addition of the shopping settlement history by the split bill member.

FIG. 4-12 shows the user E.I. It is a figure which shows an example of the split bill content confirmation screen displayed on the display part 24 of the terminal 20 of E.
On this split bill content confirmation screen, a shopping settlement history addition icon for additionally registering the shopping settlement history is provided at the bottom of the screen. However, as described above, the user E.I. Since the addition of the shopping settlement history by E is prohibited, the shopping settlement history addition icon is displayed in the inactive state, and the operation for this shopping settlement history addition icon is invalidated (even if the operation is performed, shopping is performed). The process related to the addition of payment history is not executed).

In this case, from the terminal 20 of the split bill master, at least the terminal 20 of the split bill member who prohibited the addition of the shopping settlement history via the server 10 is provided with the shopping settlement history addition prohibition information for prohibiting the addition of the shopping settlement history. Send. Then, the terminal 20 that has received the shopping settlement history addition prohibition information may set the shopping settlement history addition prohibition setting to invalidate the shopping settlement history addition operation.

In the above example, the subject who sets the permission / prohibition of additional registration of the shopping settlement history is the split bill master, but the splitting master is not limited to this, and the split bill master is added to the split bill master or instead of the split bill master. The splitting member other than the above may or may not be allowed to set the permission / prohibition of the additional registration of the shopping settlement history.

<Fifth Example>
A fifth embodiment is an embodiment in which a messaging service is used to split the bill among users of a plurality of terminals 20.
The fifth embodiment is an embodiment in which a configuration related to a messaging service is added to the configurations of the first to fourth embodiments.

The contents described in the fifth embodiment can be applied to any of the other embodiments and the other modifications.
Further, the same components as those already described will be designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted again.

<System configuration>
FIG. 5-1 is a diagram showing an example of the system configuration of the communication system 1B in this embodiment. The same components as those of the communication system 1A are designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted again.

In the communication system 1B, the server 10, the messaging server 40, and a plurality of terminals 20 (terminals 20A, terminals 20B, terminals 20C, ...) Are connected via the network 30, but not as an example.

The messaging server 40 (not limited to an example of a server, an information processing device, and an information management device) has a function of providing a messaging service to the terminal 20.

The messaging server 40 may be any device as long as it is an information processing device that can realize functions related to the messaging service. The messaging server 40 is not limited and is an example of a server device, a computer (for example, a desktop, a laptop, a tablet, etc.), a media computer platform (not limited, for example, a cable, a satellite set-top box, a digital video). Includes recorders), handheld computer devices (for example, but not limited to PDAs, email clients, etc.), or other types of computers, or communication platforms.

The messaging server 40 includes a control unit 41 (CPU), a storage unit 45, a communication I / F 44 (interface), an input / output unit 42, a display 43, and a clock unit 49. Each component of the HW of the messaging server 40 is connected to each other via bus B, for example, but not by limitation. The HW of the messaging server 40 does not necessarily include all the components as the configuration of the HW of the messaging server 40. As an example, but not limited to, the HW of the messaging server 40 may or may not be configured to remove the display 43.

The control unit 41 has a physically structured circuit for executing a function realized by a code or an instruction contained in the program, and is not limited, but as an example, a data processing device built in hardware. Is realized by.

The control unit 41 is typically a central processing unit (CPU), and may or may not be a microprocessor, a processor core, a multiprocessor, an ASIC, or an FPGA. In the present disclosure, the control unit 41 is not limited to these.

The storage unit 45 has a function of storing various programs and various data required for the messaging server 40 to operate. The storage unit 45 is realized by various storage media such as HDD, SSD, and flash memory. However, in the present disclosure, the storage unit 45 is not limited to these. Further, the storage unit 45 may or may not be expressed as a memory.

The communication I / F44 transmits / receives various data via the network 30. Communication may be executed by wire or wirelessly, and any communication protocol may be used as long as mutual communication can be executed. The communication I / F 44 has a function of executing communication with various devices such as a terminal 20 via the network 30. The communication I / F 44 transmits various data to various devices such as the terminal 20 according to an instruction from the control unit 41. Further, the communication I / F 44 receives various data transmitted from various devices such as the terminal 20 and transmits the various data to the control unit 41. Further, the communication I / F44 may be simply expressed as a communication unit. Further, when the communication I / F 44 is composed of a physically structured circuit, it may be expressed as a communication circuit.

The input / output unit 42 is realized by a device that inputs various operations to the messaging server 40. The input / output unit 42 is realized by any or a combination of all kinds of devices capable of receiving an input from a user and transmitting information related to the input to the control unit 41. The input / output unit 42 is typically realized by a hardware key typified by a keyboard or the like, or a pointing device such as a mouse. The input / output unit 42 may or may not include a touch panel, a camera (operation input via a moving image), and a microphone (operation input by voice) as an example, not limited to the input / output unit 42. However, in the present disclosure, the input / output unit 42 is not limited to these.

The display 43 is typically realized by a monitor (not limited, but as an example, a liquid crystal display or an OELD (organic electroluminescence display)). The display 43 may or may not be a head-mounted display (HDM) or the like. It should be noted that these displays 43 may or may not be capable of displaying display data in 3D. In the present disclosure, the display 43 is not limited to these.

The clock unit 49 is a built-in clock of the messaging server 40 and outputs time information (timekeeping information). The clock unit 49 is not limited, but includes, for example, an RTC (Real Time Clock) as a hardware clock, a system clock, and the like. The clock unit 49 can be expressed as a time measuring unit or a time information detecting unit as an example without limitation.

<Display screen example>
FIG. 5-2 is a diagram showing an example of the talk room screen in this embodiment, and is a diagram showing an example of the talk room screen. An example of a screen displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20 of A is shown.
This talk room screen uses a messaging application executed on the terminal 20 to display the user A. A is user B. This is an example of a screen for talking with B. A talk is an example of a chat, and a talk room is an example of a chat room.

Here, "chat" is a means for users of terminals 20 to communicate with each other using a data communication line on a computer network, and "chat room" is a virtual room for performing this chat. Is. Chat includes those using the messaging service MS (including instant messaging service (IMS)) and the social networking service SNS. Further, as an example, not limited to, those using a so-called short message service may be included.

In this embodiment, the chat includes a talk using a messaging service, and the chat room includes a talk room for performing the talk. In the talk room, as in the present embodiment, in addition to the talk room for users to talk one-on-one, as described later, for talking in a group including a plurality of users formed in the messaging service. Includes group talk room.

As an example, not a limitation, on the right side of the screen, User A. The message sent from A is displayed in a balloon.
On the other hand, on the left side of the screen, the user B. In association with the icon image of B, the user B. The message sent from B (not limited, but an example of content) is displayed in a balloon.

After sending the message, when the talk room screen of the messaging application is opened on the destination terminal 20, it means that the sent message has been read by the other user. Then, on the talk room screen of the transmission source terminal 20, based on the control of the server 10, the characters "read" are displayed in association with the transmitted message.

Note that the characters "read" can be prevented from being displayed until the talk room screen of the messaging application is opened on the destination terminal 20. By doing so, it is possible for the user of the transmission source terminal 20 to recognize that it is in the "unread" state.

In this example, user A. From A to user B. A message requesting B to split the amount of money spent on the previous trip is displayed, and the user B. As a reply message from B, a message for approving the split bill is displayed.

Also, at the bottom of the screen, function icons corresponding to multiple functions provided as functions of the messaging application are displayed. This function icon includes a split bill icon for splitting the bill.

FIG. 5-3 is a diagram showing an example of a shopping settlement history selection screen displayed based on the operation of the split bill icon (touch operation as an example, not limitation) on the talk room screen of FIG. 5-2.
The configuration of this shopping settlement history selection screen is almost the same as the shopping settlement history selection screen shown in the previous embodiment, except that the screen is displayed as a function of the messaging application. Similar to the example shown in the previous embodiment, the shopping settlement history selection screen displays the shopping settlement history at a plurality of stores such as "AA rental cycle", "BB supermarket", and "CC lunch box". At the same time, a check box is provided for splitting the shopping settlement history in association with each shopping settlement history.

Also, at the bottom of the screen, User A. From terminal 20 of A to user B. A split bill request icon indicating "send a split bill request" is displayed as an example, not a limitation, for sending a split bill request to the terminal 20 of B.

5-4 shows the user B. based on the operation of the split bill request icon on the shopping settlement history selection screen of FIG. 5-3. It is a figure which shows an example of the talk room screen displayed on the display part 24 of the terminal 20 of B.
On this talk room screen, the user B. From B to user A. Under the message to approve the split bill request to A, the "split bill request message", which is an example of the content transmitted and received between the terminals 20 using the messaging application and corresponds to the split bill request notification, is the user. A. It is displayed in a balloon in association with the icon image of A.

Here, the split bill request message is not only a simple text, but also an image (including a still image, a moving image, etc.), operation information (including a button, an icon, etc.), communication information, and access information (URI). , URL, etc.), etc., is a message in a broad sense that includes various information that can be sent and received.

In order to distinguish it from a normal text message, it may or may not be expressed as the split bill request content, etc. instead of the split bill request message.

This split bill request message is not limited, but as an example, the name of the payment application (“Payment App” in this example), the fact that the split bill was requested, and the user B. The excess / deficiency amount of B and the details of the shopping settlement history that was the target of splitting the bill are included. In this example, user B. "Payment of 2,250 yen" is displayed as the excess or deficiency amount of B.

In addition, the split bill request message is not limited to the user B. B is user A. A settlement icon for remittance of excess or deficiency amount of money to A and a refusal icon for refusing split bills are included.

FIG. 5-5 is a diagram showing an example of a talk room screen displayed based on the operation of the settlement icon on the talk room screen of FIG. 5-4. An example of the screen displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20 of B is shown.
In this talk room screen, as an example, not limited to, the user B. From B to user A. As a message to A, the message "Settlement" is displayed in a balloon, and the user B. using the payment application. From B to user A. A remittance completion message indicating that the excess or deficiency amount (“2,250 yen” in this example) has been remitted to A is displayed.

<Data structure>
FIG. 5-6 is a diagram showing an example of the function realized by the control unit 41 of the messaging server 40 in this embodiment.
The control unit 41 has, as an example, not limited to, a messaging application management processing unit 411 for executing the messaging application management processing according to the messaging application management processing program 451 stored in the storage unit 45.

FIG. 5-7 is a diagram showing an example of information stored in the storage unit 45 of the messaging server 40 in this embodiment.
The storage unit 45 stores the messaging application management processing program 451 as a program, but not as an example.

Further, the storage unit 45 stores the messaging application user registration data 453 and the split bill management database 457 as data, but not as an example.

The messaging application user registration data 453 is registration data relating to the terminal 20 using the messaging application or the user of the terminal 20, and an example of the data structure is shown in FIG. 5-8.
In the messaging application user registration data 453, as an example, the user name, the messaging application ID, the terminal telephone number, and other registration information are stored in association with each other.

The user name is the name of the user of the terminal 20 who uses the messaging application, and is not limited, but as an example, the name registered when the user of the terminal 20 uses the messaging application is stored.

The messaging application ID is an account (account information) of the messaging application, and is an ID that can identify the terminal 20 or the user of the terminal 20. The messaging application ID is not limited, but as an example, a unique ID is set and stored by the messaging server 40.

The terminal telephone number is the telephone number of the terminal 20 of the user with this user name, and is not limited, but as an example, the telephone number of the terminal 20 registered when the user of the terminal 20 uses the messaging application is stored.

Other registration information is not limited, but as an example, the email address (terminal email address) of the terminal 20 of the user with this user name, the authentication password used for various authentications in the messaging application, and the icon used by this user. Image data (user icon image), user profile (user profile), etc. can be included.
However, this information is not essential.

The split bill management database 457 is a database for the messaging server 40 to manage split bills between users of the terminal 20, and a configuration example of the third split bill management database 457A, which is an example thereof, is shown in FIG. 5-9.
In the third split bill management database 457A, split bill management data is stored as management data for each split bill.

Each split bill management data stores, as an example, not a limitation, a split bill management ID, a split bill master ID, a split bill member ID, and shopping settlement history management data.
The split bill management ID, the split bill master ID, and the split bill member ID are the same as the above-mentioned split bill management database 157.

The shopping settlement history management data is not limited, but as an example, the settlement person ID, the amount to be split, the store name, the shopping settlement date and time, and other information are stored in association with each other.

<Processing>
5-10 to 5-12 are flowcharts showing an example of the flow of processing executed by each device in this embodiment.
From the left side, the messaging splitting process executed by the control unit 21 of the terminal A (hereinafter referred to as "MSG splitting process"), the MSG splitting process executed by the control unit 21 of the terminal B, and the control unit 41 of the messaging server 40 The messaging split bill management process to be executed (hereinafter referred to as "MSG split bill management process") and the split bill settlement management process executed by the control unit 11 of the server 10 are shown.

First, the control unit 21 of the terminal A transmits a split bill start notification to the messaging server 40 by the communication I / F 22 (A610). When the split bill start notification is received from the terminal A by the communication I / F44 (M610), the control unit 41 of the messaging server 40 sends the shopping settlement history request information requesting the shopping settlement history by the user of the terminal A to the server by the communication I / F44. It is transmitted to 10 (M620).

When the shopping settlement history request information is received from the messaging server 40 by the communication I / F14 (S620), the control unit 11 of the server 10 transmits the shopping settlement history associated with the payment application ID of the user of the terminal A to the communication I / F14. To the messaging server 40 (S630).

When the shopping settlement history is received from the server 10 by the communication I / F44 (M630), the control unit 41 transmits the received shopping settlement history to the terminal A by the communication I / F44 (M640).

When the shopping settlement history is received from the messaging server 40 by the communication I / F 22 (A640), the control unit 21 of the terminal A executes the second shopping settlement history selection process (A650). Specifically, the control unit 21 of the terminal A is not limited, but as an example, the user A. stored in the storage unit 28 of the terminal A. From the plurality of shopping settlement histories by A, at least one shopping settlement history is selected based on the selection operation for the input / output unit 23.

Next, the control unit 21 of the terminal A transmits the shopping settlement history selection information to the messaging server 40 by the communication I / F 22 based on the processing result of the A650 (A660).

When the shopping settlement history selection information is received from the terminal A by the communication I / F 44 (M660), the control unit 41 corresponds to the third split management database 457A based on the received shopping settlement history selection information. Update the shopping settlement history management data in the split management data. Then, the control unit 41 calculates the excess / deficiency amount based on the received shopping settlement history selection information (M670).

After that, the control unit 41 transmits the split bill settlement request notification to the terminal A and the terminal B by the communication I / F44 based on the calculated excess / deficiency amount (M710).

When the split bill settlement request notification is received from the messaging server 40 by the communication I / F 22 (A710), the control unit 21 of the terminal A determines whether or not to agree to the split bill based on the operation input to the input / output unit 23 (A710). A720).

If it is determined that the split bill is agreed (A720: YES), the control unit 21 of the terminal A transmits the split bill settlement approval notification to the messaging server 40 by the communication I / F 22 (A730).

On the other hand, if it is determined that the split bill is not agreed (A720: NO), the control unit 21 of the terminal A transmits the split bill settlement refusal notice to the messaging server 40 by the communication I / F 22 (A740).

The control unit 21 of the terminal B performs the same processing as the A710 to A740 of the terminal A (B710 to B740).

After M710, the control unit 41 executes a messaging split bill approval management process (hereinafter, referred to as "MSG split bill approval management process") (S).

FIG. 5-13 is a flowchart showing an example of the flow of the MSG split bill approval management process.
This MSG split bill approval management process is the same as the first split bill approval management process (see FIG. 2-20). That is, the control unit 41 performs the same processing as S2310 to S2360 of the first split bill approval management processing (M7310 to M7360).

Returning to FIG. 5-11, if it is determined by the MGS splitting approval management process that the splitting is not established (M740: NO), the control unit 41 transmits a splitting failure notification to the terminals A and B by the communication I / F44, respectively (MGS40: NO). M750).

When the communication I / F 22 receives the split bill failure notification from the messaging server 40 (A750), the control unit 21 of the terminal A displays the received split bill failure notification on the display unit 24 (A760). Then, the control unit 21 of the terminal A shifts the processing to the A890.

Similarly, when the communication I / F 22 receives the splitting failure notification from the messaging server 40 (B750), the control unit 21 of the terminal B displays the received splitting failure notification on the display unit 24 (B760). Then, the control unit 21 of the terminal B shifts the processing to B890.

On the other hand, if it is determined by the MGS splitting approval management process that the splitting is established (M740: YES), the control unit 41 transmits a splitting establishment notification to the terminal A and the terminal B by the communication I / F44 (M810).

When the communication I / F 22 receives the split bill establishment notification from the messaging server 40 (A810), the control unit 21 of the terminal A transmits the split bill settlement request information to the messaging server 40 by the communication I / F 22 (A820).

Similarly, when the communication I / F 22 receives the split bill establishment notification from the messaging server 40 (B810), the control unit 21 of the terminal B transmits the split bill settlement request information to the messaging server 40 by the communication I / F 22 (B820).

When the split bill settlement request information is received from the terminal A and the terminal B by the communication I / F 44 (M820), the control unit 41 transmits the split bill settlement request information to the server 10 by the communication I / F 44 (M830).

When the split bill settlement request information is received from the messaging server 40 by the communication I / F 14 (S830), the control unit 11 of the server 10 performs the split bill settlement process (S840).

Next, the control unit 11 transmits the split settlement result to the messaging server 40 by the communication I / F 14 (B850).

After that, the control unit 11 determines whether or not to end the process (S890), and if it determines that the process is to be continued (S890: NO), returns the process to S620. On the other hand, if it is determined that the process is to be completed (S890: YES), the control unit 11 ends the split settlement management process.

When the split bill settlement result is received from the server 10 by the communication I / F 44 (M850), the control unit 41 transmits the received split bill settlement result to the terminal A and the terminal B by the communication I / F 44, respectively (M860).

After that, the control unit 41 determines whether or not to end the process (M890), and if it determines that the process is to be continued (M890: NO), returns the process to M610. On the other hand, if it is determined to end the process (M890: YES), the control unit 41 ends the MSG split bill management process.

When the split bill settlement result is received from the messaging server 40 by the communication I / F 22 (A860), the control unit 21 of the terminal A displays the received split bill settlement result on the display unit 24 (A870).

Similarly, when the split bill settlement result is received from the messaging server 40 by the communication I / F 22 (B860), the control unit 21 of the terminal B displays the received split bill settlement result on the display unit 24 (B870).

After that, the control unit 21 of the terminal A determines whether or not to end the processing (A890), and if it is determined to continue the processing (A890: NO), returns the processing to A610. On the other hand, if it is determined that the process is completed (A890: YES), the control unit 21 of the terminal A ends the split billing process.

Similarly, the control unit 21 of the terminal B determines whether or not to end the processing (B890), and if it is determined to continue the processing (B890: NO), returns the processing to B610. On the other hand, if it is determined that the processing is completed (B890: YES), the control unit 21 of the terminal B ends the splitting process.

<Effect of the fifth embodiment>
In the fifth embodiment, the terminal 20 includes a user of the own terminal 20 and a user of a different terminal 20, and a message or the like transmitted from the own terminal 20 to a different terminal 20 (not limited, but an example of content). A talk room (not limited to an example of a chat room) including a message and the like transmitted from a different terminal 20 to its own terminal 20 is displayed on the screen of a messaging application. In this case, at least the information on the excess or deficiency amount of the user of the terminal 20 (not limited, but an example of the information on the first amount) is displayed in the talk room.
As an example of the effect obtained by such a configuration, the user can be made to confirm the information of the first amount of money in the chat room.

Further, the fifth embodiment shows a configuration in which users of different terminals 20 are selected based on a talk room selected by the user of the terminal 20.
As an example of the effect obtained by such a configuration, users of different terminals can be easily selected based on the chat room selected by the user of the terminal.

Further, in the fifth embodiment, the terminal 20 includes a user of the own terminal 20 and a user of a different terminal 20, and a message transmitted from the own terminal 20 to the different terminal 20 (not limited, but an example of content). ) And a talk room (an example of a chat room, not a limitation) including a message (an example of a content, not a limitation) transmitted from a different terminal 20 to the own terminal 20 is displayed on the display unit 24. Then, the terminal 20 shows a configuration for displaying a split bill request message (not limited, but an example of a notification regarding a request for remittance processing or receipt processing with at least a terminal different from the terminal based on the first payment information) in the talk room. ing.
As an example of the effect obtained by such a configuration, at least a notification regarding a request for remittance processing or receipt processing between a terminal and a terminal different from the terminal can be notified to the user in an easy-to-understand form of display in a chat room.

Further, in the fifth embodiment, the terminal 20 includes at least a user of the own terminal 20, and a talk room (not limited, but an example of content) including a message (not limited, but an example of content) transmitted from the own terminal 20 (not limited, chat). An example of a room) is displayed on the display unit 24. Then, the terminal 20 shows a configuration in which a split bill request message (not limited, but an example of a notification regarding transmission of the first payment information) is displayed in the talk room.
As an example of the effect obtained by such a configuration, the notification regarding the transmission of the first payment information can be notified to the user in an easy-to-understand form of display in the chat room.

<Fifth variant (1)>
In the fifth embodiment, in the messaging application, the terminal 20 may display contents such as a message sent from an account of a company that provides a service related to remittance processing or receipt processing in a talk room.

FIG. 5-14 is a diagram showing an example of the talk room screen in this modified example, in which the user B. An example of the screen displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20 of B is shown.
This talk room screen is almost the same as the talk room screen of FIG. 5-5, but the user B. B's talk partner is User A. The difference is that it is not A, but an official account of the payment application (not limited, but an example of an account of a company that provides services related to remittance processing or receipt processing). In this example, user B. B registers the official account of the payment application as a friend in advance in the messaging application.

In this case, user B. From B to user A. When the remittance to A is completed, the user B. On the talk room screen of the messaging application of terminal 20 of B, as an example, not limited to, the icon image of the official account of the payment application (“Pay” in this example) is associated with the official account of the payment application (more specifically). As a message sent from the server 10), the user A. A remittance completion message indicating that the remittance to the user A has been completed is displayed. This remittance completion message is a message corresponding to the remittance completion notification, and is not limited, but as an example, the name of the payment application (“Payment App” in this example) and the user B. From B to user A. It includes the content indicating that the excess or deficiency amount (“2,250 yen” in this example) has been remitted to A.

Also, under the remittance completion message, the split bill completion message is displayed as a message also sent from the official account of the payment application.

In this modification, the talk room screen of the messaging application includes a user of the terminal 20 and an official account of the payment service (not limited to an example of an account of a company that provides a service related to remittance processing or receipt processing). Is shown.
As an example of the effect obtained by such a configuration, the information distributed from the account of the company that provides the service related to the remittance processing or the receiving processing can be notified to the user in an easy-to-understand form of being displayed in the chat room. ..

<Fifth variant (2)>
In the fifth embodiment, as an example, not a limitation, when the split bill member does not settle the split bill for a while after the split bill request is made, the split bill master terminal 20 via the messaging server 40. You can also urge them to split the bill and remind them.

FIG. 5-15 shows the user B. B is user A. When a certain period of time elapses without replying to A, the user B. It is a figure which shows an example of the split bill request remind notification displayed on the display part 24 of the terminal 20 of B.
In this example, the OS standard standby screen of the terminal 20 is not limited to the push notification from the messaging server 40 as an example, and the user A. As a split bill request remind notification to notify that there was a split bill request remind from A, an example, not a limitation, for launching a messaging application with the characters "Messageing App A.A.: There is a split bill request". The startup icon that says "Open" is displayed.

FIG. 5-16 shows the user B.I. It is a figure which shows an example of the talk room screen displayed on the display part 24 of the terminal 20 of B.
This talk room screen is an example of the content transmitted and received between the terminals 20 using the messaging application under the split bill request message on the talk room screen of FIG. 5-4, and the split bill is reconfirmed (remind). A split bill remind message, which is a type of split bill remind notification, is displayed to prompt the user.

This split bill remind message is not limited, but as an example, the same content as the split bill request message on the talk room screen of FIG. 5-4 is displayed together with the characters "Remind" and the name of the payment application "Payment App". .. By confirming this split bill remind message, the user B. B can remember to settle the split bill.

FIG. 5-17 is a diagram showing another example of the talk room screen in this case.
This talk room screen is displayed on the user B. It is a figure which shows an example of the screen of the talk which is performed between B and the official account of the payment application.
In this example, as a message sent from the official account of the payment application, a split bill remind message similar to that in FIG. 5-16 is displayed in association with the icon image of the official account.

<Sixth Example>
The sixth embodiment is an embodiment for splitting the bill in a group including users (plurality of accounts) of a plurality of terminals 20 formed in the messaging application.
The sixth embodiment is an embodiment in which the concept of a group is added to the fifth embodiment.

The contents described in the sixth embodiment can be applied to any of the other embodiments and the other modifications.
Further, the same components as those already described will be designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted again.

<Display screen example>
FIG. 6-1 is a diagram showing an example of a group talk room screen by the messaging application in this embodiment.
This group talk room screen is not limited, but as an example, a talk for group talk in a group including five users (users AA to EE) (in this example, a group of "travel circle"). The room screen is shown, and the user A. An example of the group talk room screen displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20 of A is shown. A group talk is an example of a chat, and a group talk room is an example of a chat room.

In this group talk room screen, as an example, not limited, a message sent from oneself (User A.A.) is displayed on the right side of the screen, and another user (User B.B. The message sent from the user EE) is displayed.

In this example, user A. A message sent from A requesting splitting of the money used in the previous trip is displayed, and the user B. User A. originated from B. With a message approving A's request, User D. A message sent from D and suggesting to go on a trip is displayed.

At the bottom of the screen, function icons corresponding to each of the multiple functions of the messaging application are displayed. In this example, the "splitting icon" displayed at the bottom right is the user A. The state of being touch-operated by A is shown.

FIG. 6-2 is a diagram showing an example of a shopping settlement history selection screen displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20 based on the operation of the split bill icon on the group talk room screen of FIG. 6-1.
On this shopping settlement history selection screen, a plurality of shopping settlement histories by himself / herself (user AA) are displayed. In this example, a plurality of shopping settlement histories such as "AA rental cycle", "BB supermarket", and "CC lunch box" are displayed.

FIG. 6-3 is a diagram showing an example of a group talk room screen displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20 based on the operation of the split bill request icon on the shopping settlement history selection screen of FIG. 6-2. User B. An example of the screen displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20 of B is shown.
On this group talk room screen, the user A. As the split bill request message from A, the name of the payment application (“Payment App” in this example) and the user B. A message including the excess / deficiency amount of B (“900 yen payment” in this example) and the content of the split bill of each split bill member (breakdown of the split bill) is displayed. In addition, the split bill request message is not limited, but as an example, a settlement icon for performing settlement, a shopping settlement history registration icon for registering payments based on one's shopping settlement history, and a refusal for rejecting the split bill request. Includes icons.

<Data structure>
FIG. 6-4 is a diagram showing an example of information stored in the storage unit 15 of the server 10 in this embodiment.
The storage unit 15 stores, as an example, not limited to, a group management database 459 in addition to the messaging application management processing program 451 and the messaging application user registration data 453 and the split bill management database 457.

FIG. 6-5 is a diagram showing a data configuration example of the fourth split bill management database 457B, which is an example of the split bill management database 457 in this embodiment.
In the fourth split bill management database 457B, the split bill group ID is stored in each split bill management data instead of the split bill member ID in each split bill management data of the third split bill management database 457A (see FIG. 5-9).

In the split bill group ID, the group ID stored in the group management database 459 for this group is stored.

In addition, the split bill member ID is stored in each split bill management data. In the split bill member ID, the messaging application ID of the user included in the group identified by the split bill group ID is stored.

In this embodiment, the messaging application IDs of all users included in the group identified by the split bill group ID are included in the split bill member ID, but the present invention is not limited to this.
As an example, not a limitation, not all users included in the group but some users included in the group may be split members. In this case, among the users included in the group, the messaging application ID of the user selected as the split bill member may be stored in the split bill member ID field.

FIG. 6-6 is a diagram showing an example of the data structure of the group management database 459.
The group management database 459 stores group management data generated for each group.
The group ID, the group name, and the group member data are stored in each group management data as an example without limitation.

The group member data is not limited, but as an example, the user name of the user included in this group and the messaging application ID of this user are stored in association with each other.

<Processing>
FIG. 6-7 is a flowchart showing an example of the flow of processing executed by each device in this embodiment.
In this process, in the process portion of FIG. 5-10 of the processes of FIGS. 5-10 to 5-12, the process of the terminal A is the step of A910, and the process of the messaging server 40 is the step of the MSG split bill management process 910. This is a process in which the steps of S620 and S630 are added as the process of the server 10.

First, the control unit 21 of the terminal A transmits a group splitting start notification for requesting the start of splitting in the group to the messaging server 40 by the communication I / F22 (A910). Then, the control unit 21 of the terminal A shifts the processing to A640.

When the group splitting start notification is received from the terminal A by the communication I / F44 (M910), the control unit 41 of the messaging server 40 shifts the processing to the M620.

<Effect of the sixth embodiment>
In the sixth embodiment, the terminal 20 includes a plurality of split bill members other than the split bill master in the group talk room (not limited, but an example of a chat room), and information on the excess or deficiency amount of the split bill master (not limited, but the sixth embodiment). One example of information on the amount of money) and information on the excess and deficiency amount of each splitting member other than the splitting master (not limited, but an example of information on the amount of money sent or received by each of multiple users based on the first settlement information. ) And the excess / deficiency amount information is displayed in the group talk room.
As an example of the effect obtained by such a configuration, the first amount of money sent or received by the terminal user and the amount of money sent or received by each of a plurality of users including users of different terminals are displayed in the chat room. It is possible to notify the user in an easy-to-understand form.

<Sixth variant (1)>
In the sixth embodiment, at least one user among the plurality of users included in the group may or may not be excluded from the split billing member.

FIG. 6-8 is a diagram showing an example of a splitting target member selection screen for selecting (setting) a splitting target member displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20. An example of a screen displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20 of A is shown.
On this splitting target member selection screen, members other than yourself (user BB to user E.) included in the group performing splitting (in this example, the group of "travel circle") (hereinafter, referred to as "target group"). A check box is provided in association with the icon image and the user name of E).

As an example, not a limitation, in the initial state, all the check boxes are checked, but by performing an operation to uncheck it, users who have unchecked can be excluded from splitting members. Has been done. In this example, user B. B, user D. D, user E. Although E is checked, user C.I. The check mark of C is shown to be unchecked.

Also, at the bottom of the screen, there is a split billing target member display area where users currently set as split billing target members (users whose check boxes are checked) are displayed. In the splitting target member display area, the icon image and the user name of the user currently set as the splitting target member are displayed as an example, not limited. In addition, an "x mark" is displayed in the upper right of the icon image, and by operating this "x mark", the user can be excluded from the members to be split. In this example, user B. B, user D. D, user E. The state in which E is set as the member to be split is shown.

FIG. 6-9 is a flowchart showing an example of the flow of processing executed by each device in this modified example.
This process is a process in which steps A920 to A940 are added as the process of the terminal A, and steps M920 and M940 are added as the process of the messaging server 40 to the process of FIG. 6-7.

After M910, the control unit 41 of the messaging server 40 transmits the information of the members included in the group (hereinafter, referred to as "group member information") to the terminal A by the communication I / F44 (M920).

When the group member information is received from the messaging server 40 by the communication I / F 22 (A920), the control unit 21 of the terminal A executes the second member selection process (A930). Specifically, as an example, not limited, the splitting member selection screen as shown in FIG. 6-8 is displayed on the display unit 24, and the member requesting splitting is selected based on the selection operation for the input / output unit 23.

After that, the control unit 21 of the terminal A transmits the member selection information regarding the member selected in the A930 to the messaging server 40 by the communication I / F22 (A940). Then, the control unit 21 of the terminal A shifts the processing to A640.

When the member selection information is received from the terminal A by the communication I / F44 (M940), the control unit 41 adds / deletes the user based on the received member selection information to the split bill member / deletes the split bill member, and then shifts the process to M620. ..

In this modification, one terminal 20 executes a process of deleting at least one user from a plurality of users included in a group talk room (not limited to an example of a chat room) from the split bill members. Shown.
As an example of the effect obtained by such a configuration, by executing a process of deleting at least one user from a plurality of users including users of different terminals included in the chat room, the process is not limited but optional. Users can be excluded from the target of splitting.

<Sixth variant (2)>
In the sixth embodiment, as an example, not a limitation, a process of adding a user not included in the group talk room (hereinafter, referred to as “outside group member”) to the split bill member is performed on the terminal 20 of the split bill master. It may or may not be.

FIG. 6-10 is a diagram showing an example of the splitting target member selection screen in this modified example.
This split-splitting target member selection screen is different from the split-splitting target member selection screen shown in FIG. 6-8, and is not limited to adding split-splitting member candidates from users other than the users included in the target group. There is an additional icon that says "Add friends other than".

FIG. 6-11 is a diagram showing an example of a screen displayed based on the operation of the additional icon on the splitting target member selection screen of FIG. 6-10.
In this screen, a friend list display area for selecting and setting a member candidate to be split from among the users registered as friends is provided in the center of the screen. In the friend list display area, a user different from the split Dutch member included in the target group, and the user A. The icon image and the user name of the user registered as a friend by A are displayed in a list. In this example, user X. X, user Y. Y, user Z. Z and the like are displayed in a list, and the user Z. The state in which the check of Z is set to "ON" is shown.

Further, as in FIGS. 6-8 and 6-9, a member display area for splitting is provided at the bottom of the screen. In this example, user B. B, user D. D, user E. In addition to E, user Z. The state in which Z is set as a member candidate for splitting the bill is shown.

In addition, an "OK icon" is displayed at the bottom of the screen, and by operating this OK icon, it is configured so that the currently set user can confirm the member to be split.

FIG. 6-12 is a diagram showing an example of a splitting target member selection screen displayed based on the operation of the OK icon on the splitting target member selection screen of FIG. 6-11.
On this splitting target member selection screen, a list of users included in the target group as group members is displayed, and below that, as a friend, a member outside the group added as a splitting target member on the screen of FIG. 6-11. A user Z. The icon image of Z and the user name are displayed. In this example, among the users included in the target group, the user B. B, user D. D, user E. The check of three people of E is set to "ON", and the added user Z. The state in which the check of Z is set to "ON" is shown.

Also, in the member display area to be split at the bottom of the screen, user B. B, user D. D, user E. In addition to E, user Z. The state in which Z is set as a member candidate for splitting the bill is shown.

FIG. 6-13 is a diagram showing an example of a shopping settlement history selection screen displayed based on the operation of the shopping settlement history registration icon on the splitting target member selection screen of FIG. 6-6.
This shopping settlement history selection screen corresponds to the shopping settlement history selection screen shown in FIG. 6-2. In this example, the split bill request icon at the bottom of the screen is the user A. The state operated by A is shown.

FIG. 6-14 is a diagram showing an example of a group talk room screen displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20 based on the operation of the split bill request icon on the shopping settlement history selection screen of FIG. 6-13. User Z. An example of a screen displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20 of Z is shown.
On this group talk room screen, as in FIG. 6-3, the user A. The split bill request message from A is displayed. Then, in this example, the shopping settlement history registration icon included in the split bill request message is the user Z. The state operated by Z is shown.

FIG. 6-15 is a diagram showing an example of a shopping settlement history selection screen displayed based on the operation of the shopping settlement history registration icon on the group talk room screen of FIG. 6-14. An example of a screen displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20 of Z is shown.
The shopping settlement history selection screen is not limited to the user Z. As the shopping settlement history by Z, a plurality of shopping settlement histories such as "HH supermarket", "II cafe", and "JJ electric appliance" are displayed. Then, in this example, the state in which the shopping settlement history of "II Cafe" is checked is shown.

FIG. 6-16 is a diagram showing an example of a group talk room screen displayed based on the operation of the registration icon on the shopping settlement history selection screen of FIG. 6-15. An example of a screen displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20 of A is shown.
This group talk room screen is not limited, but as an example, the user Z. As a split bill request message associated with Z, user A. The content of the split bill based on the shopping settlement history registered by A and the user Z. A split bill request message including the split bill content based on the shopping settlement history registered by Z is displayed.

FIG. 6-17 is a diagram showing another example of the split bill member selection screen displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20.
Unlike the split bill member selection screen shown in FIG. 6-10, this split bill member selection screen is not limited to adding users other than the users included in the target group as split bill member candidates. In the area indicated as "Add", the first addition indicated as "Add from friend" is not a limitation but as an example for selecting a user who is a candidate for splitting the bill from the users registered as friends in the messaging application. An icon and a second additional icon labeled "Search by phone number" are displayed, not as a limitation, for selecting a user who can enter a phone number and be a candidate for split Dutch members.

FIG. 6-18 is a flowchart showing an example of the flow of processing executed by each device in this modified example.
This process is a process in which the step of A950 is added as the process of the terminal A and the step of M950 is added as the process of the messaging server 40 to the process of FIG. 6-9.

After M940, the control unit 21 of the terminal A displays the split bill member selection screen as shown in FIGS. 6-10 and 6-11 on the display unit 24 as an example, not limited to the input / output unit 23. Select members outside the group based on. Then, the control unit 21 of the terminal A transmits the out-of-group member selection information regarding the selected out-of-group member to the messaging server 40 by the communication I / F 22 (A950). Then, the control unit 21 of the terminal A shifts the processing to A640.

When the out-of-group member selection information is received from the terminal A by the communication I / F44 (M950), the control unit 41 adds the out-of-group member based on the received out-of-group member selection information to the split members, and then processes the M620. Transfer.

In this modification, one terminal 20 executes a process of adding a user who is not included in the group talk room (not limited, but an example of a chat room) as a split bill member. Then, the terminal 20 contains information on the excess / deficiency amount of the user added to the group talk room (not limited, but an example of the third amount of money sent or received by the added user not included in the chat room). Information on the excess / deficiency amount of the user of the terminal 20 (an example of the first amount, not the limitation) and information on the excess / deficiency amount of the user of the other terminal 20 included in the group (an example of the second amount, not the limitation). The excess / deficiency amount information including the above is received from the server 10 by the communication I / F22. Then, the terminal 20 shows a configuration in which the received excess / deficiency amount information is displayed in the group talk room.
As an example of the effect obtained by such a configuration, after adding a user who is not included in the chat room, not only the first amount and the second amount but also the third amount to be sent or received by the added user is considered. The amount of money information can be notified to the user in an easy-to-understand form of being displayed in the chat room.

Further, in this modification, the above-mentioned first amount, second amount, and third amount are the shopping settlement history by the added user not included in the group talk room and the shopping settlement history by the split bill master. It shows the configuration determined based on.
As an example of the effect obtained by such a configuration, the first amount, the second amount, and the third amount are the third payment information based on the processing related to the third payment by the added user who is not included in the chat room. And, based on the first settlement information, it can be appropriately determined.

<Sixth variant (3)>
In the sixth embodiment, it is considered that some users may feel awkward to request the split bill from another user and hesitate to request the split bill.
Therefore, as an example rather than a limitation, the split bill request notification may or may not be displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20 based on the group name.

FIG. 6-19 is a diagram showing an example of a split bill request notification displayed on the standby screen of the display unit 24 of the terminal 20 in this modification. An example of the screen displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20 of B is shown.
This standby screen is not limited, but as an example, there is a "Messageing App Travel Circle Split Dutch Request" as a push notification associated with a messaging application and a split bill request notification to notify that there was a split bill request. Along with the text, there is a launch icon labeled "Open" as an example, but not a limitation, for launching a messaging application.

As in the split bill request notification on the standby screen shown in FIG. 5-15, the group that the split bill master requested the split bill instead of the split bill request from the user of the split bill master (in this example, the group name "Travel Circle"". It is different from the split bill request notification in FIG. 5-15 in that it is displayed as a split bill request from (group of).

FIG. 6-20 shows the user B.I. It is a figure which shows an example of the talk room screen displayed on the display part 24 of the terminal 20 of B.
On this talk room screen, as a split bill request from the group of "Travel Circle", a split bill request message is displayed in association with the icon image and the group name of this group.

In this modification, the terminal 20 includes a user of the own terminal 20 and a user of a different terminal 20, a message transmitted from the own terminal 20 to a different terminal 20, and a message transmitted from the different terminal 20 to the own terminal 20. The group talk room including the transmitted message is displayed on the display unit 24. When the terminal 20 receives the split bill request notification from the different terminals 20 by the communication I / F 22, the terminal 20 displays the split bill request notification in the group talk room based on the group name of the group talk room.
As an example of the effect obtained by such a configuration, when the communication unit receives the notification of the remittance processing or the receiving processing Lisquest based on the payment information related to the payment from different terminals, it is based on the group name of the chat room. Since the request notification is displayed in the chat room, it is possible to conceal that the request notification is from a different terminal. As a result, the psychological burden of making a request to another user can be reduced.

<7th Example>
The seventh embodiment is an embodiment in which users of different terminals 20 add a split bill member.
The seventh embodiment is an embodiment in which a configuration in which a user of a different terminal 20 adds a split bill member is added to the above embodiment.

The contents described in the seventh embodiment can be applied to any of the other embodiments and the other modifications.
Further, the same components as those already described will be designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted again.

<Display screen example>
FIG. 7-1 is a diagram showing an example of the split bill content confirmation screen in this embodiment, and is a diagram showing the user B. An example of the screen displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20 of B is shown.
The configuration of the split bill content confirmation screen is not limited, but is almost the same as FIG. 3-2 as an example, but the display is partially different. Specifically, on this split bill content confirmation screen, as an example, not limited to, a settlement icon for executing settlement, a shopping settlement history addition icon for adding a shopping settlement history, and a split bill member are added. The split member addition icon is displayed at the bottom of the screen.

FIG. 7-2 is a diagram showing an example of a split bill member search screen displayed based on the operation of the split bill member addition icon on the split bill content confirmation screen of FIG. 7-1.
This split bill member search screen is provided with a telephone number display field in which the input telephone number is displayed together with the characters "Please enter a telephone number to search". To the right of the phone number display field, there is a search button for searching for the user with the entered phone number, and based on the operation of this search button, the user with the entered phone number is searched. Will be done. In this example, "User FF" is obtained as the search result, and the user F.F. The state in which the icon image of F and the user name are displayed is shown.

Also, under the search results, a split bill member addition icon indicating "Add to member" is displayed as an example, not a limitation, for adding the user obtained as a search result to the split bill member.

FIG. 7-3 is a diagram showing an example of a split bill content confirmation screen displayed based on the operation of the split bill member addition icon on the split bill member search screen of FIG. 7-2.
On this split bill content confirmation screen, the user F. As a result of F being added as a split bill member, I (User BB) and User A. A, user C. C, user D. D, user E. In addition to E, user F. The paid amount list display area and the excess / deficiency amount list display area associated with the icon image of F and the user name are displayed.

<Effect of the 7th Example>
In the seventh embodiment, the terminal 20 (not limited, but an example of the first terminal) of the split bill member different from the split bill master causes the terminal 20 different from the initially set split bill member (an example of the second terminal, not limited). ) User is added. Then, the excess / deficiency amount information in this case shows a configuration including information on the excess / deficiency amount (not limited, but the fourth amount) of the added user.
As an example of the effect obtained by such a configuration, after adding a user of a second terminal different from the first terminal, the user of the added second terminal acquires information on the fourth amount of money to be sent or received. be able to.

<8th Example>
The eighth embodiment is an embodiment in which the terminal 20 automatically selects the shopping settlement history to be split from among a plurality of shopping settlement histories by the users of the terminal 20.
Depending on the user of the terminal 20, it may be troublesome to search and select the shopping settlement history to be split. This is remarkable when the number of shopping settlement histories is large.

The contents described in the eighth embodiment can be applied to any of the other embodiments and the other modifications.
Further, the same components as those already described will be designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted again.

In this embodiment, the control unit 21 of the terminal 20 automatically selects the shopping settlement history based on the user information of the user of the terminal 20. In this embodiment, the case where the user information of the user of the own terminal 20 is used as the information on the position of the user of the own terminal 20 or the user of the own terminal 20 is illustrated as an example without limitation.

The automatic selection of shopping settlement history includes the final decision (final decision and registration) of the automatically selected shopping settlement history as the target of splitting, and the automatic selection of the automatically selected shopping settlement history. It also includes making proposals (also called suggestions) as candidates. In the latter case, the user manually selects the shopping settlement history from the shopping settlement history automatically selected and proposed by the control unit 21 to make a final decision.
This also applies to the examples described later.

<Display screen example>
FIG. 8-1 is a diagram showing an example of the shopping settlement history selection screen in this embodiment. An example of a screen displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20 of A is shown.
On this shopping settlement history selection screen, a search icon indicating "Search for payment candidates" is displayed as an example, not limited, for automatically selecting the shopping settlement history to be split.

FIG. 8-2 is a diagram showing a display example displayed based on the operation of the search icon on the shopping settlement history selection screen of FIG. 8-1.
On this screen, the shopping settlement history of "AA rental cycle" and the shopping settlement history of "BB supermarket" are selected from the plurality of shopping settlement histories on the shopping settlement history selection screen of FIG. 8-1 (display of the state in which the shopping settlement history of "AA rental cycle" and the shopping settlement history of "BB supermarket" are selected ( Hereinafter, it is referred to as "selection display") and is displayed in a mode different from other shopping settlement history (not limited, but as an example, shopping settlement history of "CC bento"). The selected and displayed shopping settlement history is a shopping settlement history that is automatically selected and proposed (suggested) by the control unit 21 of the terminal 20.

The selection display can be displayed in a mode different from that of the non-selection shopping settlement history.
As an example, not a limitation, a mode in which a specific color (blue, green, red, etc.) or hatching (shading, etc.) is applied to the selected shopping settlement history display area, and a frame of the selected shopping settlement history display area. A mode in which a specific color is applied to (outer frame), a mode in which the frame (outer frame) in the display area of the selected shopping settlement history is blinked, and the font of the characters in the selected shopping settlement history are represented by a special font. Any one of a plurality of aspects, such as an aspect, can be applied as an aspect of selective display.

In this way, if the split bill request icon at the bottom of the screen is operated while at least one shopping settlement history is selected and displayed, the selected and displayed shopping settlement history can be registered as a split bill target.

<Data structure>
FIG. 8-3 is a diagram showing an example of a third user management database 155C, which is an example of the user management database 155 stored in the storage unit 15 of the server 10 in this embodiment.
Each user management data of the third user management database 155C stores, for example, a payment application ID, an electronic money account balance, and shopping settlement history data, without limitation.

The shopping settlement history data is not limited, but as an example, the shopping settlement ID, the store ID, the store name, the shopping settlement date and time, the shopping settlement amount, the shopping settlement content, and the shopping settlement position information are stored in association with each other. Will be done.
The shopping settlement ID to the shopping settlement contents are as described above.

The shopping settlement position information is not limited, but as an example, the location information of the terminal 20 or the user of the terminal 20 when the shopping settlement is performed is stored.
The shopping settlement position information may be stored in two-dimensional position information or may be stored in three-dimensional position information.

In this case, as one method, the information on the calculated terminal position can be transmitted from the terminal 20 to the server 10 at a periodic timing or at a timing when the terminal 20 is operated to make a payment. .. Then, in the shopping settlement processing, the server 10 can store the latest calculated terminal position information received from the terminal 20 as the shopping settlement position information in association with other information in the user management data.

If the user does not forget to possess the terminal 20, the position of the terminal 20 will be the same as the position of the user of the terminal 20. Therefore, the calculated terminal position can be said to be the calculated position of the terminal 20 as well as the calculated position of the user of the terminal 20.

In this embodiment, as an example, not limited to, the residence of the user of the terminal 20 (or the surrounding area), the work place of the user of the terminal 20 (or the surrounding area), and the terminal 20 according to the registration operation by the user of the terminal 20. The location information assumed as the daily living range and activity range of the user of the terminal 20, such as the place of residence (or the surrounding area) of the relatives and friends of the user, and the place frequently visited by the user of the terminal 20, is specified as a specific position. It will be registered in advance in the payment application etc. as information.

Note that the specific location information may be stored and managed in the storage unit 15 of the server 10 or may be stored and managed in the storage unit 28 of the terminal 20. Alternatively, it may be stored and managed in both the server 10 and the terminal 20.

<Processing>
FIG. 8-4 is a diagram showing an example of the flow of processing executed by each device in this embodiment.
This process is a process in which the step of A170 is replaced with the step of A175 as the process of the terminal A for the process portion of FIG. 2-17 in the processes of FIGS. 2-17 to 2-19.

After S150, the control unit 11 of the server 10 transmits a plurality of shopping settlement histories (including shopping settlement position information) associated with the user of the terminal A to the terminal 20 by the communication I / F 14 (S160).

When the shopping settlement history (including the shopping settlement position information) is received from the server 10 by the communication I / F22 (A160), the control unit 21 of the terminal A executes the shopping settlement history automatic selection process (A175). Specifically, as an example, not limited, the shopping settlement position of a plurality of shopping settlement histories is greater than or equal to the set distance (or more than the set distance) from the specific position corresponding to the pre-registered specific position information. Identify distant shopping settlement history. Then, the specified shopping settlement history is selected as the shopping settlement history to be split.

If the shopping settlement history is automatically selected in this way, the control unit 21 of the terminal A is not limited, but as an example, the automatically selected shopping settlement history is picked up and displayed as a candidate for splitting, and the terminal 20 is displayed. Suggest to the user. Then, the control unit 21 of the terminal A shifts the processing to the A180.

By doing so, it is possible to automatically select the shopping settlement history corresponding to the shopping settlement performed at a position far away from the position registered as the daily life range or activity range of the user of the terminal 20.

Note that the process of proposing the selected shopping settlement history to the user of the terminal 20 is not essential, and this process may be omitted.

Further, here, the case where the control unit 21 of the terminal 20 executes the shopping settlement history automatic selection process instead of the second shopping settlement history selection process in the process of FIG. 2-17 has been illustrated, but the present invention is limited to this. Not done. As an example, not the limitation, the control unit 21 of the terminal 20 may execute the shopping settlement history automatic selection process instead of the first shopping settlement history selection process in the process of FIG. It does not have to be.

<Effect of the eighth embodiment>
In the eighth embodiment, the terminal 20 automatically selects a shopping settlement history (not limited, but an example of a plurality of payment information) from a plurality of shopping settlement histories by users of the terminal 20 (not limited, but an example of a plurality of payment information). An example of payment information) is transmitted to the server 10 by a communication I / F22 (not limited, but an example of a communication unit of a terminal). Further, the terminal 20 has an excess / deficiency amount based on the transmitted shopping settlement history (not limited, but a first amount of money sent or received by the terminal user based on the first payment information, and a user of a terminal different from the terminal. The information of at least one example of the first amount of the remittance or the second amount of money received) is received from the server 10 by the communication I / F22. Then, the terminal 20 controls the control unit 21 (not limited, but an example of remittance processing based on the first amount or receiving processing) based on the excess or deficiency amount. The configuration to be executed by the control unit of the terminal) is shown.
As an example of the effect obtained by such a configuration, the terminal is based on the first payment information based on the fact that the communication unit transmits the first payment information among a plurality of payment information related to the payment by the user of the terminal. It is possible to easily send or receive money by executing the remittance process or the receiving process based on the information of the first amount by the control unit, and it is possible to improve the convenience of the user.

Further, in the eighth embodiment, the terminal 20 includes a processor that reads a program stored in the memory and executes processing based on the program. The processor communicates the automatically selected shopping settlement history (an example of the first settlement information, not the limitation) from the plurality of shopping settlement histories (an example of a plurality of payment information, not the limitation) by the user of the terminal 20. Sending to the server 10 by I / F22 (an example of the communication part of the terminal, not the limitation) and the excess / deficiency amount based on the transmitted shopping settlement history (not the limitation, but the user of the terminal based on the first payment information) Receive information from the server 10 by communication I / F22 of the first amount of money sent or received by the user and the second amount of money sent or received by a user of a terminal different from the terminal). And, based on the excess / deficiency amount, the configuration for executing the split settlement request processing and the split settlement result reception processing (not limited, but an example of remittance processing based on the first amount or receipt processing) is shown.
Even with such a configuration, the same effect as described above can be obtained.

Further, in the eighth embodiment, the terminal 20 shows a configuration in which the shopping settlement history is selected based on the user information of the user of the terminal 20.
As an example of the effect obtained by such a configuration, the terminal can select the first payment information according to the user of the terminal.

Further, in the eighth embodiment, the above-mentioned user information shows a configuration including information on the calculated terminal position (not limited to the terminal, or an example of the position relating to the terminal or the user of the terminal).
As an example of the effect obtained by such a configuration, the terminal can appropriately select the first payment information in consideration of the terminal or the position of the terminal with respect to the user.

<8th modification (1)>
The method of selecting the shopping settlement history in the shopping settlement history automatic selection process described in the eighth embodiment is merely an example, and is not limited thereto.

As an example, not a limitation, the prefecture or municipality where the user's place of residence of the terminal 20 is located should be registered in advance, and the shopping settlement history settled in a prefecture different from the registered prefecture may be selected. , The shopping settlement history settled in a municipality different from the registered municipality may or may not be selected.

In addition, the location information of famous tourist spots is stored in the storage unit 28 in advance in association with the map data. Then, the control unit 21 may or may not select the shopping settlement history settled at the position corresponding to the tourist spot stored in the storage unit 28.

<8th modification (2)>
In the eighth embodiment, the user information of the own terminal 20 has been described as the information regarding the position, but the present invention is not limited to this.
As an example, not limited to, the schedule information of the user of the terminal 20 may be included in the user information, and the control unit 21 of the terminal 20 may select the shopping settlement history based on the schedule information of the user of the terminal 20. And you don't have to do that.

FIG. 8-5 is a diagram showing an example of the shopping settlement history selection screen in this modified example. An example of a screen displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20 of A is shown.
On this shopping settlement history selection screen, based on the operation of the shopping settlement history search icon, "" Payment App "is requesting access to the calendar. If you allow access, you can search for candidate dates from the calendar. Along with the words "Yes," the "Do not allow" button and the "OK" button are displayed in a pop-up format in the center of the screen.

In this case, when the "OK" button is operated, the control unit 21 refers to the schedule information of the user registered by the calendar function provided as the OS standard function of the terminal 20 as an example, not limited to the operation. .. Then, the control unit 21 selects the shopping settlement history based on the event information included in the referenced schedule information.

In addition, instead of or in addition to the schedule information of the user registered by the OS standard calendar function of the terminal 20, the schedule information of the user registered by the calendar function of the payment application or the messaging application is referred to. You may or may not do so.

The schedule information of the user registered by the calendar function is not limited, but can include event information input by the user of the terminal 20 as an example.

As one method, the control unit 21 identifies event information such as travel, barbecue, drinking party, etc., in which a plurality of users are expected to participate, from the user's schedule information. Then, from a plurality of shopping settlement histories, the shopping settlement history settled on a date close to the date and time (event holding date and time) associated with the specified event information (not limited, but as an example, a date within the past week). Select.

As another method, the control unit 21 identifies event information such as travel, barbecue, drinking party, etc., in which a plurality of users are expected to participate, from the user's schedule information. Then, from the plurality of shopping settlement histories, the shopping settlement history in which the product related to the specified event information is purchased is selected. As an example, not a limitation, when a "barbecue" event is identified, a shopping settlement history that includes barbecue-related products in the shopping settlement content is selected.

In this case, the control unit 21 is not limited to, but as an example, purchases and setstles items necessary for cooking such as a shopping settlement history including charcoal, an ignition agent, and a military hand in the shopping settlement contents, a kitchen knife, a knife, and a cutting board. Manual selection of shopping settlement history including shopping settlement history, shopping settlement history including meat (beef, pork, chicken, etc.), vegetables, seafood, seasonings, etc. in the shopping settlement content Select as the shopping settlement history associated with the history.

In addition, by combining these, the control unit 21 has specified and is a shopping settlement history settled on a date close to the date and time of the specified event information (not limited, but as an example, a date within the past week). The shopping settlement history that includes the products related to the event information in the shopping settlement contents may or may not be selected.

In addition to the above, as an example, not limited to the above, information about a message transmitted by a user of the terminal 20 using a messaging application or the like is included in the user information, and the control unit 21 of the terminal 20 relates to this message. The shopping settlement history may or may not be selected based on the information.

FIG. 8-6 is a diagram showing an example of the shopping settlement history selection screen in this modified example. An example of a screen displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20 of A is shown.
On this shopping settlement history selection screen, based on the operation of the shopping settlement history search icon, the characters "Search for payment candidates from chat history? Propose payment candidates from previous chat history." At the same time, a "search" button and a "do not do now" button are displayed in a pop-up format in the center of the screen.

In this case, when the "search" button is operated, the control unit 21 refers to the message history of the talk room of the messaging application as an example, not limited to it. Then, the control unit 21 selects the shopping settlement history based on the content of the referenced message.

As one method, the control unit 21 is not limited, but as an example, from the past messages sent by the user of the terminal 20, as an example, not limited, a message of the content proposing a split bill or a content suggesting the split bill. Search for messages. As an example, not a limitation, the control unit 21 searches for a message asking the other party to split (a message such as "Would you like to split?" Or "Please split", as an example, not a limitation). Then, it is determined whether or not there is information that can estimate the purchase settlement history to be split in the message obtained as the search result or in a message different from the message. As an example, not a limitation, if date and time information is included, a shopping settlement history including the shopping settlement date and time corresponding to the date and time can be selected as the proposed shopping settlement history.

As another method, the control unit 21 identifies a group having a name suggesting splitting the bill from the groups formed in the messaging application. Terminology such as "Dutch", "Dutch", "Settlement", "Seisan", "Payment", "Kessai", "Payment", "Shiharai", "Remittance", "Sokin" Identify the group that includes in the group name. Then, the specified group is selected as the proposed shopping settlement history in the same manner as above based on the content of the message included in the group talk room.

In this modification, the user information includes the schedule information of the user of the terminal 20, and the shopping settlement history is selected based on the event information included in the schedule information.
As an example of the effect obtained by such a configuration, the terminal appropriately selects the first payment information based on the event information included in the schedule information of the terminal user and in consideration of the event in which the terminal user participated. be able to.

Further, in this modification, the user information includes information related to a message sent from the user of the terminal 20, and the shopping settlement history shows a configuration in which the information is selected based on the information related to this message.
As an example of the effect obtained by such a configuration, the terminal can appropriately select the first payment information based on the information about the message transmitted based on the user of the terminal.

In addition to the above, as an example, not limited to the above, attribute information such as gender, age, occupation, etc. of the user of the own terminal 20 is included in the user information, and the control unit 21 of the terminal 20 has these attribute information. The shopping settlement history may or may not be selected based on.

Specifically, as an example, not limited, the participation of the user of the own terminal 20 is assumed based on at least one of the attribute information such as the gender, age, occupation, etc. of the user of the own terminal 20. Estimate the event. Then, based on the estimation result, the shopping settlement history related to the estimated event is selected from the shopping settlement history of the user of the own terminal 20.

<8th modification (3)>
In the eighth embodiment, the control unit 21 of the terminal 20 executes the shopping settlement history automatic selection process, but the present invention is not limited to this.

The shopping settlement history data of the user of each terminal 20 is stored and managed in the storage unit 15 of the server 10. Therefore, instead of the control unit 21 of the terminal 20, the control unit 11 of the server 10 may or may not execute the shopping settlement history automatic selection process.
This also applies to the examples described below.

FIG. 8-7 is a flowchart showing an example of the flow of processing executed by each device in this modified example.
In this process, with respect to the process portion of FIG. 2-17 of the processes of FIGS. 2-17 to 2-19, the step of A150 is replaced with the step of A151 and the step of A160 is replaced with the step of A163 as the process of the terminal A. It is a process in which the step of A170 is deleted by replacing with. Further, as the process of the server 10, the step of S150 is replaced with the step of S151, the step of S161 is added, and the step of S160 is replaced with the step of S163.

After A130, the control unit 21 of the terminal A transmits, as an example, not limited to, the shopping settlement history selection request information requesting the selection of the shopping settlement history to the server 10 by the communication I / F22 (A151).

When the shopping settlement history selection request information is received from the terminal A by the communication I / F 14 (S151), the control unit 11 of the server 10 executes the shopping settlement history automatic selection process (S161).
As a method of selecting the shopping settlement history in this process, it is possible to apply the same method as the selection method by the control unit 21 of the terminal 20 described above.

After that, the control unit 11 transmits the shopping settlement history automatic selection information including the selection result of the shopping settlement history to the terminal A by the communication I / F14 (S163).

If the shopping settlement history automatic selection information is received from the server 10 by the communication I / F 22 (A163), the control unit 21 of the terminal A is not limited, but as an example, the shopping settlement history selected by the server 10 is split. It is proposed (suggested) to the user of the terminal 20 by picking up and displaying it as a candidate. Then, the control unit 21 of the terminal A shifts the processing to the A180.

Note that the process of proposing the shopping settlement history selected by the server 10 to the user of the terminal 20 is not essential, and this process may be omitted.

According to this modification, the server 10 executes a process of selecting one shopping settlement history from a plurality of shopping settlement histories related to the settlement by the user of the terminal 20 by the control unit 11. The server 10 transmits information on the excess / deficiency amount (not limited, the first amount) of the user of at least one terminal 20 based on the shopping settlement history of the selected position to one terminal 20, and at least the other terminal 20. Information on the excess or deficiency amount (not limited, but the second amount) of the user is transmitted to the other terminal 20 by the communication I / F14. Then, the server 10 performs a split bill settlement process (not limited, but an example of a remittance process or a receipt process to a terminal based on the first amount of money and a remittance process or a receipt process to a different terminal based on the second amount of money). The configuration executed by the control unit 11 is shown.
As an example of the effect obtained by such a configuration, the server executes a process of selecting the first payment information from a plurality of payment information related to the payment by the terminal user, and based on the result, the first amount is calculated. Since the remittance processing or receiving processing for the terminal and the remittance processing or receiving processing for different terminals based on the second amount are executed by the control unit of the server, the processing load on the terminal is reduced and the processing load on the terminal is reduced. It is possible to realize remittance or receipt of an amount of money and remittance or receipt to a different terminal, and it is possible to improve the convenience of the user.

<9th Example>
Similar to the eighth embodiment, the ninth embodiment is an embodiment in which the terminal 20 automatically selects the shopping settlement history to be split from among a plurality of shopping settlement histories by the users of the terminal 20. is there.
The ninth embodiment is different from the eighth embodiment in that the terminal 20 selects the shopping settlement history based on the information related to the shopping settlement history by the user of the terminal 20.

The contents described in the ninth embodiment can be applied to any of the other embodiments and the other modifications.
Further, the same components as those already described will be designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted again.

In this embodiment, the control unit 21 of the terminal 20 automatically selects the shopping settlement history based on the information related to the shopping settlement history.
The information related to the shopping settlement history is not limited, but as an example, a shopping settlement history different from the shopping settlement history manually selected by the user of the terminal 20 (hereinafter, referred to as “manually selected shopping settlement history”). Contains time information such as date, time, date and time.

Specifically, the control unit 21 specifies, as an example, not a limitation, a shopping settlement history in which the manually selected shopping settlement history and the settlement date are the same. Then, the specified shopping settlement history is selected as the proposed shopping settlement history. This is because it is considered that the shopping settlement history, which has the same settlement date as the manually selected shopping settlement history, is likely to be subject to splitting as well as the manually selected shopping settlement history.

<Display screen example>
FIG. 9-1 is a diagram showing an example of the shopping settlement history selection screen in this embodiment. An example of a screen displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20 of A is shown.
On this shopping settlement history selection screen, among a plurality of shopping settlement histories such as "AA rental cycle", "BB supermarket", and "CC lunch box", the user A. According to the operation of A, the state in which the check of the shopping settlement history of the "BB supermarket" is set to "ON" is shown.

FIG. 9-2 is a diagram showing an example of a screen displayed based on the operation of the search icon on the shopping settlement history selection screen of FIG. 9-1.
On this shopping settlement history selection screen, "AA rental cycle", which is a shopping settlement history that was settled on the same date as the shopping settlement history of "BB Super" whose check was set to "ON" in Fig. 9-1, is other. It is displayed in a mode different from the shopping settlement history of.

Unlike the above, as an example, not limited to the above, the control unit 21 may or may not select the shopping settlement history in which the manually selected shopping settlement history and the settlement day of the week are the same. May be good.
Further, as an example, not limited to, the control unit 21 may or may not select the shopping settlement history having the same settlement time and time zone as the manually selected shopping settlement history. ..

<Effect of 9th Example>
The ninth embodiment shows a configuration in which the terminal 20 selects a shopping settlement history to be split, based on information related to the shopping settlement history.
As an example of the effect obtained by such a configuration, the terminal can appropriately select the first payment information based on the information related to the payment information.

Further, in the ninth embodiment, the information related to the above-mentioned shopping settlement history shows a configuration including information regarding the date or time of the shopping settlement history different from the manually selected shopping settlement history.
As an example of the effect obtained by such a configuration, the terminal can appropriately select the first payment information based on the date or time of the second payment information different from the first payment information.

<9th modification (1)>
In the ninth embodiment, the control unit 21 of the terminal 20 may select the shopping settlement history based on the product information and the service information included in the shopping settlement history different from the manually selected shopping settlement history. You don't have to do that.

Specifically, the control unit 21 identifies the purchased product and the provided service based on the shopping settlement contents of the manually selected shopping settlement history, as an example, not limited. Then, based on the content of the specified product or service, an event related to the shopping settlement corresponding to the manually selected shopping settlement history (an event in which the shopping settlement needs to be performed) is estimated. Then, the control unit 21 selects the shopping settlement history based on the estimated event and the shopping settlement contents of the other shopping settlement history.

As an example, not a limitation, if the shopping settlement contents of the manually selected shopping settlement history include products of equipment such as grills, stoves, iron plates, plates, nets, and tongs, the control unit 21 is based on the contents of these products. Then, the event that requires the settlement is presumed to be "barbecue". Then, based on the estimation result, as an example, not limited, the shopping settlement history including the barbecue-related products in the shopping settlement history among the shopping settlement history whose manually selected shopping settlement history and the date when the settlement was made are close to each other. Select.

In this case, the control unit 21 is not limited to, but as an example, purchases a purchase settlement history including items necessary for ignition such as charcoal, an ignition agent, and a military hand in the purchase settlement contents, and purchase settlement of items necessary for cooking such as a kitchen knife, a knife, and a cutting board. Manual selection of shopping settlement history including shopping settlement history, shopping settlement history including meat (beef, pork, chicken, etc.), vegetables, seafood, seasonings, etc. in the shopping settlement content Select as the shopping settlement history associated with the history.

Further, in the ninth embodiment, the control unit 21 of the terminal 20 may select the shopping settlement history based on the store information included in the shopping settlement history different from the manually selected shopping settlement history. You don't have to.

Specifically, the control unit 21 is not limited to, but as an example, an event related to the shopping settlement history corresponding to the manually selected shopping settlement history (the shopping settlement) based on the store name included in the manually selected shopping settlement history. Estimate the event) in which it was necessary to do. Then, the shopping settlement history is selected based on the estimated event and the store name included in the other shopping settlement history.

As an example, not a limitation, if the store name included in the manually selected shopping settlement history is the name of a store existing in a tourist spot (as an example, not a limitation, the store name of a "souvenir shop"), the control unit 21 , Based on the store name, the event that requires the settlement is presumed to be "travel". Then, based on the estimation result, as an example, not limited to, the store name of the store that handles travel-related products and services among the manually selected shopping settlement history and the shopping settlement history whose settlement date is close to each other is selected. Select the shopping settlement history to include.

This modification shows a configuration in which the terminal 20 selects a shopping settlement history to be split based on product information included in a shopping settlement history different from the manually selected shopping settlement history.
As an example of the effect obtained by such a configuration, the terminal can appropriately select the first payment information based on the product information included in the second payment information different from the first payment information.

Further, this modification shows a configuration in which the terminal 20 selects the shopping settlement history to be split based on the store information included in the shopping settlement history different from the manually selected shopping settlement history.
As an example of the effect obtained by such a configuration, the terminal can appropriately select the first payment information based on the store information included in the second payment information different from the first payment information.

<9th modification (2)>
In the ninth embodiment, as in the eighth modification (3), the control unit 11 of the server 10 does not execute the shopping settlement history automatic selection process, but the control unit 11 of the server 10 executes the shopping settlement history automatic selection process. The automatic selection process may or may not be performed.

<10th Example>
In the tenth embodiment, as in the eighth embodiment and the ninth embodiment, the terminal 20 automatically selects the shopping settlement history to be split from the plurality of shopping settlement histories by the users of the terminal 20. This is an example to be selected.
In the tenth embodiment, unlike the eighth embodiment and the ninth embodiment, the terminal 20 selects the shopping settlement history based on the information of the user of the terminal 20 different from the own terminal 20.

The contents described in the tenth embodiment can be applied to any of the other embodiments and the other modifications.
Further, the same components as those already described will be designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted again.

In this embodiment, the control unit 21 of the terminal 20 selects the shopping settlement history based on the information of the user selected as the split bill member by the user of the terminal 20 (information of another split bill member).

The information of the other split bill member in this case is not limited to the information of the shopping settlement history settled by the user of the other split bill member as an example.
In this embodiment, a case where the control unit 21 selects the shopping settlement history of its own terminal 20 based on the information of the shopping settlement history settled by another split bill member is illustrated.

FIG. 10 is a flowchart showing an example of the flow of processing executed by each device in this embodiment.
In the process of FIG. 8-4, in the process of FIG. 8-4, the step of A150 in the process of the terminal A is replaced with the step of A153, the step of A160 is replaced with the step of A165, and the step of S150 in the process of the server 10 is replaced with the step of S153. This is a process in which the step of S160 is replaced with the step of S165.

After A140, the control unit 21 of the terminal A transmits the second shopping settlement history request information to the server 10 by the communication I / F22 (A153). Specifically, the process of requesting the server 10 for the shopping settlement history of the user of the own terminal 20 and the shopping settlement history of the split Dutch member selected in A130 is executed, not as a limitation but as an example.

When the second shopping settlement history request information is received from the terminal A by the communication I / F 14 (S153), the control unit 11 of the server 10 makes a shopping settlement for the user of the terminal 20 that sends the received shopping settlement history request information. The history and the shopping settlement history of the splitting member selected by the terminal A are read from the user management database 155 and transmitted to the terminal A by the communication I / F 14 as the second shopping settlement history (S165).

When the second shopping settlement history is received from the server 10 by the communication I / F22 (A165), the control unit 21 of the terminal A shifts the processing to A175.

In this case, in the shopping settlement history automatic selection process of A175, the control unit 21 of the terminal A determines the shopping settlement date and time of the user's shopping settlement history of its own terminal 20 and the shopping settlement date and time of the selected split bill member's shopping settlement history. As an example, not a limitation, select the shopping settlement history made at the same time. This is because there is a possibility that the user of his / her terminal 20 and the selected splitting member may have acted together when the shopping settlement is made at the same time.

Not limited to this, the shopping settlement history of the user of the own terminal 20 and the shopping settlement history of the selected split-in member are not limited, but as an example, the same type of products and services, and mutually related products and the like. The service may select the shopping settlement history included in the shopping settlement content.

The tenth embodiment shows a configuration in which the terminal 20 selects a shopping settlement history to be split based on information of a user of the terminal 20 different from the user of the terminal 20 itself.
As an example of the effect obtained by such a configuration, the terminal can appropriately select the first payment information based on the information of users of different terminals.

Further, in the tenth embodiment, the terminal 20 is a shopping target for splitting the bill based on the shopping settlement history (not limited, but an example of the third settlement information) by a user of the terminal 20 different from the user of the own terminal 20. The configuration for selecting the payment history is shown.
As an example of the effect obtained by such a configuration, the terminal can appropriately select the first payment information based on the third payment information regarding the payment by users of different terminals.

<10th modification (1)>
In the tenth embodiment, the control unit 21 of the terminal 20 is associated with each of the plurality of shopping settlement histories among the plurality of shopping settlement histories by the users of his own terminal 20 by the user of his own terminal 20. Based on the input information, the shopping settlement history to be split may or may not be selected.

Specifically, the control unit 21 of the terminal 20 sets a memo or a tag for each of the plurality of shopping settlement histories according to the operation for the input / output unit 23. The memo is for allowing the user to confirm later what kind of shopping settlement history the shopping settlement history is, and is not a limitation but as an example, a memo of the usage of the product purchased by the settlement. Can be entered and set as.

In addition, the tag is for classifying the shopping settlement history according to the type and purpose (tag, label for classifying information).
As an example, the tag is not limited, and multiple types such as "shopping", "work", "date", "travel", "gift", and "other" can be prepared, and the user of the terminal 20 can prepare the tag. However, for each shopping settlement history, it is possible to select and set a tag according to the type and purpose.

In this case, the control unit 21 refers to the contents of the memo associated with each of the plurality of purchase settlement histories, and is associated with a memo that directly indicates or suggests the contents related to the event in which splitting may occur. Identify and select the shopping settlement history.

Further, the control unit 21 refers to a tag associated with each of a plurality of shopping settlement histories as an example, not a limitation, and a tag related to an event where splitting may occur, and as an example, not a limitation, shopping, travel, etc. Identify and select the shopping settlement history associated with the tag.
The memo and the tag will be described in more detail in Examples described later.

<10th modification (2)>
The information of the users of the other Dutch members should include attribute information such as gender, age, occupation, etc. of the users of the other Dutch members, as an example, not limited to the user information of the user of the terminal 20. Can be done. Then, the shopping settlement history may or may not be automatically selected based on the attribute information of these split bill members.

Specifically, as an example, not a limitation, an event in which other Dutch members are expected to participate is estimated based on at least one of the attribute information such as gender, age, occupation, etc. of the other Dutch members. .. Then, based on the estimation result, the shopping settlement history related to the estimated event is selected from the shopping settlement history of the user of the own terminal 20.

<10th modification (3)>
In the tenth embodiment, as in the eighth modification (3), the control unit 11 of the server 10 does not execute the shopping settlement history automatic selection process, but the control unit 11 of the server 10 executes the shopping settlement history automatic selection process. The automatic selection process may or may not be performed.

Further, in this case, the control unit 11 of the server 10 refers to the position information of the terminal 20 and the position information of the terminal 20 of the user selected as the splitting member by the user of the terminal 20 as an example without limitation. Then, the user of the terminal 20 and another split member can search the shopping settlement history in which payments have been made at positions close to each other, and select the shopping settlement history obtained as the search result.

<11th Example>
The eleventh embodiment is an embodiment in which the terminal 20 automatically selects a split bill member other than its own terminal 20.
Depending on the user of the terminal 20, it may be troublesome to check and select the split bill member by himself. This is remarkable when the number of users who wish to split the bill is large.
In the eleventh embodiment, in the eighth to tenth embodiments, the target selected by the terminal 20 is not the shopping settlement history but the split bill member.

The contents described in the eleventh embodiment can be applied to any of the other embodiments and the other modifications.
Further, the same components as those already described will be designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted again.

In this embodiment, the control unit 21 of the terminal 20 is not limited, but as an example, notifies the terminals 20 to each other (communication by a so-called peer-to-peer method) without going through the server 10 and is located near the terminal 20 itself. Search for terminal 20. Then, the user of the terminal 20 obtained as the search result is selected as a splitting member candidate.

<Display screen example>
FIG. 11-1 is a diagram showing an example of the split bill member selection screen in this embodiment, and is a diagram showing the user A. An example of a screen displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20 of A is shown.
On this splitting member selection screen, no splitting member has been selected yet, and there is no splitting member.
At the bottom of the screen, there is a first search icon that says "Search by phone number", not a limitation, to search for Dutch members by phone number, and to search for Dutch members based on location information. As an example, not a limitation, a second search icon indicating "Search for a nearby person" is displayed.

FIG. 11-2 is a diagram showing an example of a screen displayed based on the operation of the second search icon on the split bill member selection screen of FIG. 11-1.
Based on the display of the second search icon, as an example, not limited to, the terminal 20 of its own tried communication with the terminal 20 located nearby (peer-to-peer communication), and obtained from the terminal 20 that succeeded in communication. Based on the information, the user of the terminal 20 is proposed (suggested) as a split bill member candidate. In this example, as a nearby person (user), user B. B, user B. C, user D. D, user E. Four people of E are obtained as search results, and are displayed in a colored state as an example, not a limitation.

In addition, each user obtained as a search result is provided with a check box in association with the icon image and the user name. The user of his / her own terminal 20 can exclude the user from the split bill members by setting the check box to "OFF". In this example, user B. The check of the check box associated with C is set to "OFF", and the user B. The state in which C is excluded from the split bill members is shown.

<Effect of 11th Example>
In the eleventh embodiment, the split bill member candidates other than the split bill master (not limited, but an example of users of different terminals) are selected based on the position information of the terminal 20 of the split bill master and the position information of the different terminals 20. The configuration is shown.
As an example of the effect obtained by such a configuration, users of different terminals can be easily selected based on the position information of the terminals and the position information of the different terminals.

<11th modification (1)>
In the eleventh embodiment, the server 10 may or may not perform the search for the user who is the candidate for the split bill member, instead of the terminal 20.

Specifically, as an example, not limited, when it is detected that the search operation of the splitting member is performed in the terminal 20, the control unit 21 of the terminal 20 transmits a user search request to the server 10 by the communication I / F 22. ..

When a user search request is received from the terminal 20, the control unit 11 of the server 10 is not limited, but as an example, the latest calculated terminal position of the terminal 20 that is the source of the user search request and each stored and managed in the database. Search for a terminal 20 whose distance from the latest calculated terminal position of the source terminal 20 of the user search request is less than or equal to the set distance (or less than the set distance) based on the latest calculated terminal position of the terminal 20 of the above. To do. The set distance is not limited, and can be a distance of about "10 meters" as an example. Then, the user of the terminal 20 obtained as the search result is proposed (suggested) as a split bill member candidate.

In this case, if an attempt is made to search for split bill member candidates for all terminals 20 that use the payment application, there is a problem that the processing amount of the server 10 increases. Therefore, the server 10 can set a search range to search for Dutch split member candidates.

In this case, if the user of the terminal 20 has registered the messaging application, the server 10 communicates with the messaging server 40, and the user of the terminal 20 that is the source of the user search request has registered as a friend. Get information. Then, based on the acquired user information, the user of the terminal 20 that is the source of the user search request is the search target, and as described above, the split member candidate is based on the position information of the terminal 20. Search for the user to be.

<11th modification (2)>
In the eleventh modification (1), the server 10 is not limited, but as an example, the date information input by the user of the terminal 20, the position information of the own terminal 20 on the input date, and the input date. The user who is a candidate for the splitting member may or may not be searched based on the position information of the different terminals 20.

Specifically, as an example, not limited, the control unit 21 of the terminal 20 prompts the user to enter a date when searching for a splitting member. Then, the control unit 21 transmits a user search request including the input date information to the server 10 by the communication I / F 22.

When a user search request is received from the terminal 20, the control unit 11 of the server 10 is not limited to, but as an example, based on the date included in the received user search request, that date of the terminal 20 that is the source of the user search request. Based on the history of the calculated terminal position in the above and the history of the calculated terminal position on that date of each terminal 20 stored and managed in the database, the split member candidate is searched. Specifically, as an example, not limited to, a user of a terminal 20 located near the source terminal 20 of a user search request at the same time zone on that date is selected as a split member candidate among different terminals 20. Select as the user to be.

In this modification, the splitting member candidates other than the splitting master (not limited, but an example of a user of a different terminal) are the position information of the splitting master terminal 20 on the input date and the terminal of the splitting master on the input date. The configuration selected based on the position information of the terminal 20 different from 20 is shown.
As an example of the effect obtained by such a configuration, considering the date information input by the terminal user, the user of a different terminal can easily perform the position information of the terminal and the position information of the different terminal. You can choose.

<11th modification (3)>
In the eleventh embodiment, the control unit 21 of the terminal 20 may select the split bill member candidate based on the call history between the user of the terminal 20 and the user of the different terminal 20. It does not have to be.

Specifically, the control unit 21 refers to the information of the call history with the user of the other terminal 20 that has been called by the call function (telephone function) of the own terminal 20 as an example without limitation. Then, the control unit 21 identifies, as an example, not a limitation, a user of the terminal 20 who has made a call with the user of the own terminal 20 on the same date and time as the shopping settlement date and time in the manually selected shopping settlement history, and splits the bill member. Select as a candidate.

This modification shows a configuration in which the split bill member candidate is selected based on the call history with the user of the own terminal 20.
As an example of the effect obtained by such a configuration, a user of a different terminal can be appropriately selected based on a call history with the user of the terminal.

<11th modification (4)>
In the eleventh embodiment, the control unit 21 of the terminal 20 may select a split bill member candidate based on the content (including a message and image information) transmitted and received using the messaging application. You don't have to do that.

As an example, not limited, refer to the content sent and received using the messaging application of your terminal 20, and as an example, not limited, set the content on the same date and time as the shopping settlement date and time in the manually selected shopping settlement history. Identify the users who sent and received, and select them as split member candidates.

Further, the image recognition process is executed for the captured image captured by the camera 27 of the terminal 20 and the live view image projected on the screen by the so-called live view function. Then, the user recognized by the image recognition process may or may not be selected as a splitting member candidate.

<12th Example>
The twelfth embodiment is an embodiment in which at least one user included in the split bill member is split with cash instead of split with electronic money.
Some users do not want to send money by electronic money, but want to give it in cash (pay in cash).
The twelfth embodiment is different from the above embodiment in that a process for realizing splitting with cash is added.

The contents described in the twelfth embodiment can be applied to any of the other embodiments and the other modifications.
Further, the same components as those already described will be designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted again.

In this embodiment, when selecting a splitting member, the control unit 21 of the terminal 20 associates the splitting member with the splitting member and requests splitting with electronic money or cash. Select the type. Then, the shopping settlement history selection information including the selected shopping settlement history, the selected split bill member, and the selected split bill type is transmitted to the server 10 by the communication I / F22.

When the shopping settlement history selection information is received from the terminal 20 by the communication I / F 14, the control unit 11 of the server 10 associates each split bill member with the split bill member based on the received shopping settlement history selection information. The excess / deficiency amount is calculated based on the split bill type and the selected shopping settlement history.

<Display screen example>
FIG. 12-1 is a diagram showing an example of the split bill member selection screen in this embodiment, and is a diagram showing the user A. An example of the screen of the messaging application displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20 of A is shown. In this example, the user A. formed in the messaging application. A, user B. B, user C. C, user D. D, user E. An example is illustrated in which splitting is performed by a group of travel circles composed of five users of E.

On this split bill member selection screen, a circular split bill similar to a so-called radio button is used to associate the icon image and user name of each user who is a candidate for split bill member with the check box and set the split bill type to "cash". A type selection button is provided. The split bill type selection button is configured to be able to switch "ON / OFF" for each split bill member candidate.

As an example, not a limitation, in the initial state, the split type selection button is in the "OFF" state (the split type is "electronic money"), and when the split type selection button is touch-operated, the split type selection button is displayed. A black circle is added to the inside of the circle to make it "ON", and the split type is changed to "cash". In this example, the user C. The state in which the check of the split bill type selection button associated with C is set to "ON" is shown.

FIG. 12-2 is a diagram showing an example of a split bill request notification screen displayed based on the operation of the registration icon on the split bill member selection screen of FIG. 12-1, and is a diagram showing a user C who is one of the split bill members. .. An example of the screen displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20 of C is shown.
This split bill request notification screen is a group talk room screen in the above-mentioned travel circle group, and the user A. The split bill request message sent from A is displayed.

In the split bill request message, user C.I. As the excess / deficiency amount of C, along with the value of the amount (“900 yen” in this example), the user C.I. "Cash payment" indicating the split bill type of C is displayed.

Also, in the display column of the content of the split bill displayed below it, user B. B, user D. D, user E. For the three E, "electronic money" was selected as the split bill type, so "900 yen payment" is displayed in the excess / deficiency amount column. On the other hand, user C.I. For C, since "cash" was selected as the split bill type, "900 yen payment" is displayed in the excess / deficiency amount column, and the excess / deficiency amount is paid in cash (the excess / deficiency amount is passed in cash). The amount to be paid in cash ("900 yen" in this example) is displayed in association with the "mark of the bill".

In this embodiment, the control unit 21 of the terminal 20 is not limited, but as an example, a member including information for identifying the selected splitting member and information for identifying the selected splitting type for each splitting member. The selection information is transmitted to the server 10 by the communication I / F22. Then, the server 10 calculates the excess / deficiency amount based on the information of the split bill member included in the member selection information and the information of the split bill type associated with the information.

In this embodiment, it is sufficient that the split bill type can be set as "cash" for at least one user among the split bill members, and the shopping settlement history selected as the shopping settlement history to be split is It may be one or a plurality (two or more).
Further, as described above, after selecting and registering one shopping settlement history, another shopping settlement history may be selected and additionally registered, or it is not necessary to do so.

<Effect of the 12th Example>
In the twelfth embodiment, the terminal 20 communicates the shopping settlement history (not limited, but an example of the first settlement information) selected from the plurality of shopping settlement histories by the users of the terminal 20 with the I / F 22. To the server 10. Then, based on this one shopping settlement history, at least the splitting member of the terminal 20 in which cash is selected as the splitting type (not limited, but an example of the user of the second terminal) is the user of the terminal 20. Information on the amount of money (not limited, but the fourth amount) to be passed in cash to the server 10 is received from the server 10 by the communication I / F22. Then, the terminal 20 shows the received amount (fourth amount) and the amount of money that the splitting member who has selected cash as the splitting type to give to the user of his / her terminal 20 together with the mark of the bill (not limited). An example of information on the amount of money that the user of the second terminal gives or receives in cash) is displayed on the display unit 24.
As an example of the effect obtained by such a configuration, the terminal is different from the terminal and the first terminal (terminal different from the terminal) by transmitting the first payment information among the plurality of payment information. It is possible to receive information on the fourth amount of money, which is the amount of money that the user gives or receives in cash. Then, the user can be notified by displaying the fourth amount and the information regarding the amount of money that the user of the second terminal gives or receives in cash in the display area of the terminal.

Further, in the twelfth embodiment, the terminal 20 selects one shopping settlement history (not limited, but an example of the first settlement information) selected from a plurality of shopping settlement histories by the user of his / her own terminal 20. The other shopping settlement history (not limited, but an example of the fifth settlement information) is transmitted to the server 10 by the communication I / F22. Then, the server 10 is based on one shopping settlement history and another shopping settlement history, and at least the splitting member of the terminal 20 in which cash is selected as the splitting type (not limited, but an example of the user of the second terminal) Information on the amount of money (not limited, but a fourth amount) to be given to the user of the own terminal 20 in cash is received from the server 10 by the communication I / F22. Then, the terminal 20 shows the received amount (fourth amount) and the amount of money that the splitting member who has selected cash as the splitting type to give to the user of his / her terminal 20 together with the mark of the bill (not limited). An example of information on the amount of money that the user of the second terminal gives or receives in cash) is displayed on the display unit 24.
As an example of the effect obtained by such a configuration, the terminal causes the terminal and the first payment information by transmitting the first payment information and the fifth payment information different from the first payment information among the plurality of payment information. It is possible to receive information on a fourth amount of money, which is the amount of money that a user of a second terminal different from the terminal gives or receives in cash. Then, the fourth amount and the information regarding the amount of money that the user of the second terminal gives or receives in cash can be notified to the user by displaying it in the display area of the terminal.

Further, in the twelfth embodiment, the terminal 20 makes a purchase including a selected shopping settlement history, a selected split bill member, and a selected split bill type based on an operation by the user of the own terminal 20 on the own terminal 20. The configuration shows a configuration in which payment history selection information (not limited, but an example of information indicating that the user of the second terminal passes or receives cash) is transmitted to the server 10 by the communication I / F 22.
As an example of the effect obtained by such a configuration, the terminal can notify the outside that the user of the second terminal gives or receives in cash based on the input by the user of the terminal.

<12th modification>
In the twelfth embodiment, for a user whose split bill type is "cash", when the split bill master receives cash from the user, the receipt of cash can be confirmed.

FIG. 12-3 is a diagram showing an example of the group talk room screen in this modified example, in which the user A. An example of a screen displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20 of A is shown.
On this group talk room screen, the user A. As a message sent from A, a split bill request message is displayed on the right side of the screen. In this example, User A. Since A is the user who requested the split bill and is the side receiving money from other split bill members, the split bill request message includes the user A. "Receive 3,600 yen" is displayed as the excess or deficiency amount of A.

Below that, the paid amount and excess / deficiency amount of each splitting member including myself are listed as in the splitting request notification in FIG. 12-2. Similar to FIG. 12-2, User B. B, user D. D, user E. For the three E, "electronic money" was selected as the split bill type, so "900 yen payment" is displayed in the excess / deficiency amount column. On the other hand, user C.I. For C, since "cash" was selected as the split bill type, "900 yen payment" is displayed in the excess / deficiency amount column, and the excess / deficiency amount is paid in cash (the excess / deficiency amount is passed in cash). The amount to be paid in cash ("900 yen" in this example) is displayed in association with the "banknote mark".

Also, in the column of the user whose split bill type is "cash" (user CC in this example), the user C.I. A cash receipt confirmation icon indicating "cash receipt confirmation" is provided as an example, not a limitation, for confirming the receipt of cash from C. When the cash receipt confirmation icon is operated, the server 10 is notified that cash has been received from the user, and the excess / deficiency amount is recalculated by the server 10.

FIG. 12-4 is a diagram showing an example of a screen displayed based on the operation of the cash receipt confirmation icon on the group talk room screen of FIG. 12-3.
User A. By A, user C.I. Based on the operation of the cash receipt confirmation icon associated with C, User A. A is user C. The server 10 is notified that the cash has been received from C, and the excess / deficiency amount is recalculated by the server 10. As a result, User A. The excess or deficiency amount of A includes the user C. From C to user A. "900 yen" paid to A in cash is subtracted from "3,600 yen" and displayed as "2,700 yen received".

Also, user C.I. Regarding the display of the cash receipt confirmation icon associated with C, the character is changed from "cash receipt confirmation" to "confirmed", and the color is highlighted (reversed display). In addition, user C.I. A check mark is added to the right of the cash payment amount (“900 yen” in this example) displayed together with the banknote mark associated with C.

<13th Example>
The thirteenth embodiment is an embodiment in which the shopping settlement history is corrected on the terminal 20 and the corrected shopping settlement history is used as the splitting target for splitting the bill.
The user may wish to correct the shopping settlement history, such as when he / she wants to exclude some products from the shopping settlement history from the split bill.

The contents described in the thirteenth embodiment can be applied to any of the other embodiments and the other modifications.
Further, the same components as those already described will be designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted again.

In this embodiment, the control unit 21 of the terminal 20 executes a process of correcting the shopping settlement history selected by the user of the terminal 20.
The shopping settlement history to be corrected is
(1) Shopping settlement history by the user of the own terminal 20 (2) Shopping settlement history by the user of the other terminal 20 can be used.

In the following, the shopping settlement history to be modified is referred to as "original shopping settlement history" (may be referred to as modification target shopping settlement history), and the modified shopping settlement history is referred to as "corrected shopping settlement history". The original shopping settlement history is an example of the first settlement information, and the modified shopping settlement history is an example of the second settlement information.

Not limited to the original shopping settlement history, the shopping settlement history (corrected shopping settlement history) after being modified at least once is used as the original shopping settlement history, and the process of modifying the shopping settlement history is executed. It is also possible.

<Processing>
(1) Modification of Shopping Settlement History by User of Own Terminal 20 FIG. 13-1 is a flowchart showing an example of a flow of split billing processing performed between terminal A and terminal B in this embodiment.
This process is a process in which the step of A15 is added to the process of FIG. 1 as the process of the terminal A, the step of A20 is replaced with A22, and the step of B20 is replaced with B22 as the process of the terminal B.

After A10, the control unit 21 of the terminal A performs a shopping settlement history correction process for correcting the shopping settlement history selected in A10 (A15). Specifically, the control unit 21 corrects the payment content included in the shopping settlement history selected in A10 according to the correction operation for the input / output unit 23, and stores the update in the storage unit 28, for example, without limitation.

After that, the control unit 21 of the terminal A transmits the modified shopping settlement history (hereinafter, referred to as “corrected shopping settlement history”) to the terminal B by the communication I / F22 (A22). Then, the control unit 21 of the terminal A shifts the processing to the A40.

Terminal B receives the modified shopping settlement history from terminal A via communication I / F22 (A22). Then, the control unit 21 of the terminal B shifts the processing to B30.

(2) Modification of Shopping Settlement History by Users of Other Terminals 20 FIG. 13-2 is a flowchart showing an example of a flow of split billing processing performed between terminal A and terminal B in this modified example.
This process is a process in which steps A12, A15, and A24 are added as the process of the terminal A, and steps B10, B12, and B24 are added as the process of the terminal B to the process of FIG.

The control unit 21 of the terminal B executes the first shopping settlement history selection process (B10). Specifically, the control unit 21 of the terminal B is not limited, but as an example, the user B. is stored in the storage unit 28 of the terminal B. From the plurality of shopping settlement histories by B, at least one shopping settlement history is selected based on the selection operation for the input / output unit 23.

afterwards. The control unit 21 of the terminal B transmits the shopping settlement history selected in the B10 to the terminal A by the communication I / F22 (B12). When the shopping settlement history is received from the terminal B by the communication I / F 22 (A12), the control unit 21 of the terminal A executes the shopping settlement history correction process (A15). The method of correction in this shopping settlement history correction processing is the same as the processing of FIG. 13-1, but the target of correction is not the shopping payment history by itself but the shopping settlement history by the user of the other terminal 20. Is different.

Next, the control unit 21 of the terminal A transmits the shopping settlement history correction information including the contents of the correction of the shopping settlement history in the A15 to the terminal B by the communication I / F22 (A24). Then, the control unit 21 of the terminal A shifts the processing to the A40.

After B12, the terminal B receives the shopping settlement history correction information from the terminal A by the communication I / F22 (B24). Then, the control unit 21 of the terminal B shifts the processing to B30.

<Effect of 13th Example>
In the thirteenth embodiment, the terminal 20 makes a correction operation by the user of the terminal 20 (not limited, but an example of input to the terminal by the user of the terminal), and the original shopping settlement history (not limited, but the first settlement). The control unit 21 executes a shopping settlement history correction process for modifying the modified shopping settlement history (not limited, but an example of the second settlement information) based on the processing related to. The terminal 20 has an excess / deficiency amount of a user of its own terminal 20 (an example of a first amount, not a limitation) and an excess / deficiency amount of a user of another terminal 20 (not a limitation, but a first amount) based on a modified shopping settlement history. Of the two amounts of money), at least information on the excess or deficiency amount of the user of the own terminal 20 is received from the other terminal 20 by the communication I / F 22. Then, the terminal 20 shows a configuration in which the control unit 21 executes a remittance process or a receiving process based on the excess or deficiency amount of the user of the terminal 20.
As an example of the effect obtained by such a configuration, the terminal modifies the first payment information based on the processing related to the first payment to the second payment information, and then remittance processing or remittance processing based on the second payment information. The receipt process can be executed. Moreover, since the first payment information can be modified, the convenience of the user can be improved.

Further, in the thirteenth embodiment, the terminal 20 includes a processor that reads a program stored in the memory and executes a process based on the read program. This processor is based on a correction operation by the user of the terminal 20 (not limited, but an example of input to the terminal by the user of the terminal), and is based on the original shopping settlement history (not limited, but based on the processing related to the first settlement). Correction of payment information (an example of payment information) Correction of shopping payment history (not limited, but an example of second payment information) Execution of shopping payment history correction processing, based on the correction shopping payment history, excess or deficiency of users of own terminal 20 Of the amount (an example of the first amount, not the limitation) and the excess / deficiency amount of the user of the other terminal 20 (an example of the second amount, not the limitation), at least the excess / deficiency amount of the user of the own terminal 20 The information is received from another terminal 20 by the communication I / F 22, and the remittance processing or the receiving processing based on the excess or deficiency amount of the user of the own terminal 20 is executed.
Even with such a configuration, the same effect as described above can be obtained.

Further, in the thirteenth embodiment, the original shopping settlement history shows a configuration in which the shopping settlement history by the user of the own terminal 20 is used.
As an example of the effect obtained by such a configuration, the first payment information based on the processing related to the payment by the user of the terminal can be modified to the second payment information.

Further, the thirteenth embodiment shows a configuration in which the modified shopping settlement history is transmitted to different terminals by the communication I / F22.
As an example of the effect obtained by such a configuration, the second settlement information obtained as a modification result can be transmitted to the outside.

In addition, the thirteenth embodiment shows a configuration in which the original shopping settlement history is a history of shopping settlements by users of different terminals 20.
As an example of the effect obtained by such a configuration, the first payment information based on the processing related to the payment by the users of different terminals can be modified to the second payment information.

<13th modification (1)>
In the thirteenth embodiment, the terminal 20 transmits the modified shopping settlement history (modified shopping settlement history) to a different terminal 20, but the present invention is not limited to this.

In this case, as an example, not limited to, one terminal 20 and a different terminal 20 share the shopping settlement history data of the user of each terminal 20. Then, when the shopping settlement history is modified, the modified shopping settlement history itself is not transmitted to a different terminal 20, but information on the modified part and the modified content, that is, the original shopping settlement history and the modified shopping settlement history. The information of the difference between the above and the above may or may not be transmitted to different terminals 20.

Further, when the original shopping settlement history is selected, the selected shopping settlement history is transmitted to different terminals 20 by the communication I / F22. Then, after that, the terminal 20 may or may not execute the shopping settlement history correction process for correcting the transmitted shopping settlement history based on the correction operation by the user of the terminal 20 itself. May be good. In this case, after executing the shopping settlement history correction process, the modified shopping settlement history itself may be transmitted to a different terminal 20, or the difference between the previously transmitted original shopping settlement history and the modified shopping settlement history. The information may be transmitted to different terminals 20.

This modification shows a configuration in which the terminal 20 transmits information on the difference between the original shopping settlement history and the modified shopping settlement history to different terminals 20 depending on the communication I / F 22.
As an example of the effect obtained by such a configuration, it is possible to reduce the communication amount of the terminal as compared with the case of transmitting the second payment information.

Further, in this modification, the terminal 20 transmits the original shopping settlement history to the different terminals 20 depending on the communication I / F 22. Then, after the original shopping settlement history is transmitted, the transmitted original shopping settlement history is modified to the modified shopping settlement history based on the modification operation by the user of the own terminal 20.
As an example of the effect obtained by such a configuration, after the first payment information is transmitted, the first payment information is corrected to the second payment information, so that the first payment information to be corrected is transmitted to the outside in advance. Can be kept.

<13th modification (2)>
In the thirteenth embodiment, the control unit 21 of the terminal 20 does not execute the shopping settlement history correction process, but the control unit 11 of the server 10 may execute the shopping settlement history correction process. That is, the execution subject of the process of modifying the shopping settlement history (the process of modifying the first settlement information into the second settlement information) may be the control unit 21 of the terminal 20 or the control unit 11 of the server 10. You may. This detail will be described in the following examples.

<14th Example>
The fourteenth embodiment is an embodiment in which the terminal 20 communicates with the server 10 to correct the shopping settlement history. Similar to the thirteenth embodiment, the user may wish to correct the shopping settlement history.

The contents described in the 14th embodiment can be applied to any of the other embodiments and the other modifications.
Further, the same components as those already described will be designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted again.

<Display screen example>
FIG. 14-1 is a diagram showing an example of the shopping settlement history selection screen in this embodiment. An example of a screen displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20 of A is shown.
On this shopping settlement history selection screen, the user A. A plurality of shopping settlement histories are displayed as the shopping settlement history corresponding to the shopping settlement by A. Further, as described above, a check box is provided in association with each shopping settlement history, and it is configured so that the shopping settlement history in which the check mark of the check box is turned ON can be split. ..
In addition to this, in this embodiment, a detail icon shown as "details" is provided as an example, not a limitation, for inputting the details in association with each shopping settlement history.

FIG. 14-2 is a diagram showing an example of a detailed input screen displayed based on the operation of the detailed icon on the shopping settlement history selection screen of FIG. 14-1.
On this detailed input screen, along with the text "Please enter the details of the payment to split the bill", the shopping settlement date and time of the shopping settlement history at "BB Super" selected on the shopping settlement history selection screen in Fig. 14-1. , Store name, shopping settlement amount, and other information are displayed.

Below that, as the payment details of this shopping settlement history, there is a product list display area where the name of the purchased product and the unit price of the product are displayed in a list, and the number of purchases where the number of purchases of the product is displayed in a list. A viewing display area is provided. By default, the number of purchases of products corresponding to this purchase settlement history is entered in the purchase number list display area.

When the display area corresponding to one product included in the product list display area is operated (touch operation as an example, not limited), the number of purchases displayed in the second product display area associated with this product is reduced to 0. It is configured so that it can be reset.

Further, in the purchase number list display area, an upper button for increasing and correcting the number of purchases and a lower button for decreasing and correcting the number of purchases are displayed in association with each product. By operating the button of, it is possible to correct the number of purchases.
In this example, based on the operation of the display area corresponding to the product name "Onsen Manju" in the product list display area, this display area is colored and displayed, and the number of purchases is 1. It has been reset from 0 to 0.

FIG. 14-3 is a diagram showing an example of a shopping settlement history selection screen displayed based on the operation of the registration icon on the detailed input screen of FIG. 14-2.
In this shopping settlement history selection screen, the number of purchases of the product name "Onsen Manju" has been corrected from 1 to 0 on the detailed input screen shown in Fig. 14-2, so that "unit price 600 yen x 1 = 600 yen". As a result, the shopping settlement amount in the shopping settlement history of "BB Super" has been corrected to "2,400 yen". In addition, a correction mark indicating that the shopping settlement amount has been corrected is displayed in association with the shopping settlement amount.

<Data structure>
FIG. 14-4 is a diagram showing an example of information stored in the storage unit 15 of the server 10 in this embodiment.
In addition to the payment application management processing program 151, the payment application user registration data 153, the user management database 155, and the split management database 157, the storage unit 15 stores the shopping item management database 159.

FIG. 14-5 is a diagram showing an example of a second split bill management database 157B, which is an example of the split bill management database 157 in this embodiment.
Each split bill management data included in the second split bill management database 157B stores, as an example, not a limitation, a split bill management ID, a split bill master ID, a split bill member ID, and shopping settlement history management data.

Further, the shopping settlement history data is not limited, but as an example, the settlement person ID, the shopping settlement ID, the amount to be split, and the details to be split (hereinafter referred to as "splitting details") are stored in association with each other. Will be done.

In the split details, basic information such as the name and number of purchased products is stored as the split details for the purchase settlement history identified by the purchase settlement ID.

The shopping item management database 159 is a database for managing shopping items (hereinafter, referred to as “shopping item”), and an example of its data structure is shown in FIG. 14-6.
The shopping item management database 159 stores the shopping item management data as data for each shopping settlement ID.

In each shopping item management data, a shopping settlement ID and shopping item data are stored as an example without limitation.
In the shopping item data, as the shopping item, as an example, not limited, the product name, the number of purchases, the unit price, and the purchase amount (= unit price x number of purchases) are stored in association with each other.

<Processing>
FIG. 14-7 is a flowchart showing an example of the flow of processing executed by each device in this embodiment.
This process is a process in which the step of A170 is added as the process of the terminal A and the step of A180 is replaced with A185 in the process of FIG. 2-17. Further, as the process of the server 10, the step of S180 is replaced with S185.

After A170, the control unit 21 of the terminal A executes the shopping settlement history correction process (A175). Specifically, at least one of the product name and the number of purchases in the shopping settlement history is corrected according to the correction operation for the input / output unit 23.

After that, the control unit 21 of the terminal A uses the user A. The payment application ID of A, the shopping settlement ID of the modified shopping settlement history, and the modified shopping settlement history selection information including the modified contents are transmitted to the server 10 by the communication I / F22 (A185).

After S160, when the corrected shopping settlement history selection information is received from the terminal A by the communication I / F 14 (S185), the control unit 11 of the server 10 receives the payment application ID included in the received modified shopping settlement history selection information. And, based on the shopping settlement ID and the correction content, the corresponding splitting management data in the second splitting management database 157B is updated. Specifically, when the product name is corrected, the corresponding split bill column in the shopping settlement history management data is updated. In addition, when the number of purchases is corrected, the columns of the split bill details and the split bill target amount in the shopping settlement history management data are updated.

Further, the control unit 11 similarly updates the corresponding shopping item management data in the shopping item management database 159. Specifically, when the product name is corrected, the product name column in the shopping item data is updated. In addition, when the number of purchases is corrected, the column of the number of purchases in the shopping item data is updated.
These processes can be said to be an example of processes for modifying the first payment information executed by the control unit 11 of the server 10 into the second payment information.
After that, the control unit 11 shifts the processing to S190.

<Effect of 14th Example>
The 14th embodiment shows a configuration in which the terminal 20 corrects the information of the purchased product in the original shopping settlement history in the shopping settlement history correction process.
As an example of the effect obtained by such a configuration, the information of the purchased product in the first payment information can be modified.

Further, the 14th embodiment shows a configuration in which the information of the product purchased in the shopping settlement history correction process is deleted, and as a result, the shopping settlement amount is reduced.
As an example of the effect obtained by such a configuration, the information of the purchased product is deleted from the first payment information and the payment amount is reduced. Therefore, the product to be split is excluded as an example, not a limitation. Therefore, the settlement amount can be adjusted to a desired amount.

Further, in the 14th embodiment, the server 10 makes a correction operation by the user of the terminal 20 (not limited, but an example of input to the terminal by the user of the terminal), and the original shopping settlement history (not limited, but the first settlement). The control unit 11 executes a shopping settlement history correction process for modifying the modified shopping settlement history (not limited to an example of the second settlement information) based on the processing related to. The server 10 transmits information on the excess / deficiency amount (not limited, but an example of the first amount) of the user of at least one terminal 20 to one terminal 20 by the communication I / F14, and at least the user of the other terminal 20 Information on the excess / deficiency amount (not limited, but an example of the second amount) is transmitted to the other terminal 20 by the communication I / F14. Then, the server 10 performs a split bill settlement process (not limited, but an example of a remittance process or a receipt process to a terminal based on the first amount of money and a remittance process or a receipt process to a different terminal based on the second amount of money). The configuration executed by the control unit 11 is shown.
As an example of the effect obtained by such a configuration, the server modifies the first payment information based on the processing related to the first payment to the second payment information, and then remittance processing to the terminal based on the second payment information. , Or the receiving process and the remittance processing or the receiving process to different terminals can be realized. Further, since it is not necessary to perform these processes on the terminal side, the processing load of the terminal can be reduced.

<14th modification (1)>
You may modify the shopping settlement history based on the points (not limited, but an example of return information) given as a privilege from the store where you purchased the product etc. based on the shopping settlement. You don't have to do that.

FIG. 14-8 is a diagram showing an example of the shopping settlement history selection screen in this modified example.
On this shopping settlement history selection screen, a point icon indicating that there are points given as a privilege by the "BB supermarket" is displayed in association with the shopping settlement history of the "BB supermarket". By operating the point icon, it is possible to confirm the points given.

FIG. 14-9 is a diagram showing an example of a point confirmation screen displayed based on the operation of the point icon on the shopping settlement history selection screen of FIG. 14-8.
On this point confirmation screen, the characters "There are points available" are displayed, and below that, information on the shopping settlement history of "BB Super" is displayed. Further, below that, a point usage setting button that can switch "ON / OFF" for selecting whether or not to deduct the point generation amount from the shopping settlement amount is displayed.

In addition, the points given are displayed below it, and in this example, the point information including the characters "10% reduction 300 pt (equivalent to 300 yen) is generated" is displayed. In this example, since the point usage setting button is set to "ON", the amount obtained by subtracting the point generation amount from the shopping settlement amount under the point information (3,000 yen-300 yen = 2, in this example). 700 yen) is displayed as the corrected amount.

Note that the return information can include not only points but also so-called electronic coupons (mobile coupons) and the like.

This modification shows a configuration in which the shopping settlement history is modified based on points and the like (not limited, but an example of return information) given by the store that made the shopping settlement.
As an example of the effect obtained by such a configuration, the terminal can modify the first payment information into the second payment information based on the return information of the store where the user of the terminal has made the first payment.

Further, in this modification, the terminal 20 displays the point usage setting button (not limited, but an example of the first display for making corrections based on the return information) on the display unit 24, and the shopping settlement history uses points. The configuration to be modified based on the user's switching operation for the setting button (not limited, but an example of the terminal user's input for the first display) is shown.
As an example of the effect obtained by such a configuration, the first display that can be input by the user of the terminal for making corrections based on the reduction information is displayed in the display area of the terminal, thus improving the convenience of the user. be able to.

<14th modification (2)>
In the fourteenth embodiment, the memo or tag described above may or may not be set in association with the shopping settlement history.

FIG. 14-10 is a diagram showing an example of the shopping settlement history selection screen in this modified example.
This shopping settlement history selection screen is almost the same as the shopping settlement history selection screen of FIG. 14-2, except that a memo is associated and set at the bottom of the screen. Specifically, as a memo entered by the user (User A.A.) of his / her own terminal 20, a memo with the content "I have subtracted the hot spring manju fee (600 yen) I bought for my souvenir" is entered. Is displayed. By doing so, other split bill members can easily know that the number of purchases of hot spring buns has been corrected to "0" and that the amount to be split has been reduced as a result. ..

<15th Example>
The fifteenth embodiment is an embodiment in which the terminal 20 communicates with the server 10 to correct the shopping settlement history. Unlike the 14th embodiment, the fifteenth embodiment corrects the shopping settlement amount based on the correction operation by the user of the terminal 20.
Further, in the fifteenth embodiment, it is possible to change the split bill member for each purchase settlement history.

The contents described in the fifteenth embodiment can be applied to any of the other embodiments and the other modifications.
Further, the same components as those already described will be designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted again.

<Display screen example>
FIG. 15-1 is a diagram showing an example of the shopping settlement history selection screen in this embodiment. An example of a screen displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20 of A is shown.
On this shopping settlement history selection screen, the user A. A plurality of shopping settlement histories are displayed as the shopping settlement history corresponding to the shopping settlement by A. Further, as described above, a check box is provided in association with each shopping settlement history, and it is configured so that the shopping settlement history in which the check mark of the check box is turned ON can be split. ..
In addition to this, in this embodiment, a detail icon shown as "details" is provided as an example, not a limitation, for inputting the details in association with each shopping settlement history.

FIG. 15-2 is a diagram showing an example of a detailed input screen displayed based on the operation (not limited but touch operation) of the detailed icon on the shopping settlement history selection screen of FIG. 15-1. An example of the screen when the detail icon associated with the shopping settlement history of "BB Super" on the shopping settlement history selection screen of -1 is operated is shown.
On this detailed input screen, along with the characters "Please enter the details of the payment to split the bill", the shopping settlement amount in the shopping settlement history at "BB Super" selected on the shopping settlement history selection screen in Fig. 15-1. Is displayed.

In addition, below that, there is an amount correction column for correcting the amount to be split with this shopping settlement amount as the upper limit amount. In the amount correction column, an upper button for increasing the amount to be split and a lower button for decreasing the amount to be split are provided in association with each other, and the upper button / lower button is provided. By being manipulated, it is possible to modify the amount so that it can be increased / decreased. This correction of the amount can be said to be the correction of the shopping settlement amount in the shopping settlement history.

Below the amount correction column, there is a split bill member list display area where a list of split bill members is displayed, and is the split bill member set as a split bill member candidate in association with the icon image of each split bill member? A check indicating whether or not is displayed is displayed. As an example, not a limitation, the check can be switched ON / OFF by manipulating the icon image of the split bill member, and the user whose check is OFF is excluded from the split bill member candidates. In this example, user C.I. The check of C is turned off, and the user C.I. The state in which C is excluded from the split bill member candidates is shown.

In addition, under the split bill member list display area, a tag display area for setting a tag in the selected shopping settlement history is provided, and multiple types of tag candidates are displayed. The tag candidates include, but are not limited to, a plurality of candidates such as "shopping", "work", "dating", "travel", "gift", and "others". By performing an operation on any one of the plurality of types of tag candidates, the tag can be set in association with the shopping settlement history. In this example, the state in which the "Travel" tag is set in association with the shopping settlement history at the "BB supermarket" is shown by operating the "Travel" tag.

Further, below the tag display area, a memo field for the user of the terminal 20 to write a memo is provided. In this example, there is a memo that says, "Mr. CC did not shop at the supermarket. I will deduct the drink fee (400 yen) that I purchased personally." From the contents of this memo, as described above, User C.I. You can see why C was excluded from the Dutch member and why the amount was revised from "3,000 yen" to "2,600 yen".

Also, at the bottom of the screen, a registration icon indicating "Registration" is displayed as an example, not a limitation, for registering the modified contents of this shopping settlement history.

FIG. 15-3 is a diagram showing another example of the detailed input screen.
The configuration of this detailed input screen is almost the same as the detailed input screen in Fig. 15-2, but with the characters "Please enter the details of the payment to split the bill", the name of the event where the shopping settlement was made ( Event name) is displayed. In this example, "Admission fee for GG Park" is displayed as the event name.

FIG. 15-4 is a diagram showing an example of a shopping settlement history selection screen displayed as a result of input on the detailed input screens of FIGS. 15-2 and 15-3.
In this shopping settlement history selection screen, as in the shopping settlement history selection screen of FIG. 15-1, the user A. A plurality of shopping settlement histories are displayed as the shopping settlement history corresponding to the shopping settlement by A, but the display is partially different.

Specifically, as an example, not limited, the icon of the modified split member is displayed in the display column of the shopping settlement history of "BB Super" due to the modification of the shopping settlement history of "BB Super" in Fig. 15-2. An image (in the above example, the icon image of the other four users because the user CC is excluded) and an image of the set tag (the tag of "travel" in the above example) are displayed. Further, as the amount to be split, a "correction" mark indicating that the amount has been corrected and "2,600 yen", which is the corrected amount, are displayed.

Also, next to it, a memo icon for checking the memo set in association with this shopping settlement history is displayed. When this memo icon is operated, the memo set in association with this shopping settlement history is displayed in a pop-up format or another page as an example, not limited.

In addition, as an example, not limited, it is set in the shopping settlement history display column of "GG park admission fee" due to the correction regarding the shopping settlement history with the event name "GG park admission fee" in Fig. 15-3. The image of the tag (the tag of "travel" in the above example) is displayed.

FIG. 15-5 is a diagram showing an example of a code screen for making a payment based on a code image.
This code screen is an example of a screen including a code image for code payment used for shopping settlement and a code image displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20 (hereinafter, referred to as "payment code image"). Yes, along with the payment method (including the balance of the electronic money account) and the points owned by the user of this terminal 20 (presence or absence of preferential use of points at the time of payment (ON / OFF)), a bar as an example, not a limitation. A one-dimensional payment code image represented by a code and a two-dimensional payment code image represented by a QR code (registered trademark) are displayed as an example, not limited.

In addition, the tag display area described above is provided at the bottom of this code screen. As described above, a plurality of types of tag candidates are displayed in this tag display area. Then, when the payment code image is read by the store code reader or the store code reader device (hereinafter, collectively referred to as "store code reader device") and the shopping is settled, the tag specified in advance. Can be set in association with the shopping settlement history of the shopping settlement. In this example, the state where the tag of "Travel" is specified is shown, and when the shopping settlement is performed using the payment code image in this state, the tag of "Travel" is associated with the shopping settlement history of the shopping settlement. Will be.

More specifically, the server 10 executes the code generation process based on the code generation request information transmitted from the terminal 20. Specifically, as an example, not limited to, random token information (including a random number) is generated, and the generated token information is stored in association with the payment application ID of the user of the terminal 20. Then, a payment code image in which the generated token information is encoded is generated and transmitted to the terminal 20. The terminal 20 causes the display unit 24 to display a code screen including a code image received from the server 10 and a plurality of types of tag candidates.

When at least one tag is selected from a plurality of types of tag candidates according to a user operation, the terminal 20 transmits the tag selection information to the server 10.
On the other hand, when the payment code image is read by the store code reader device, the token information stored in the payment code image is acquired by decoding by the store code reader device and transmitted from the store code reader device to the server 10 together with the planned payment amount. Will be done.

The server 10 determines which payment application ID the token information received from the store code reader device is associated with. Then, the scheduled payment amount is settled from the electronic money account of the determined payment application ID. Then, based on the tag selection information separately received from the terminal 20, the tag is associated with the shopping settlement history and set.

Note that, by the same method, a memo may or may not be associated with the shopping settlement history in place of or in addition to the tag.

<Data structure>
FIG. 15-6 is a diagram showing a data configuration example of the third split bill management database 157C, which is an example of the split bill management database 157 stored in the storage unit 15 of the server 10 in this embodiment.
Each split bill management data of the third split bill management database 157C stores, as an example, not a limitation, a split bill management ID, a split bill master ID, a split bill member ID, and shopping settlement history management data.

The shopping settlement history management data is not limited, but as an example, the settlement person ID, the shopping settlement ID, the amount to be split, the member to be split, the memo, and the tag are stored in association with each other.

The settlement person ID to the amount to be split the bill are the same as those of the first split bill management database 157A.

Among the split bill members whose IDs are stored in the split bill member ID, the split bill target member is a member who splits the shopping settlement history (the amount to be split) identified by the shopping settlement ID by the user of the settlement person ID. The payment application ID of the selected / registered split bill member (hereinafter referred to as "split bill target member") is stored.

The split bill member is a fixed member set as a member who splits the bill as one unit identified by the split bill management ID, while the member subject to split bill is a shopping selected and registered as a target for split billing. The difference is that it is a member set for each payment history.

In the memo, as a memo associated with the shopping settlement history identified by the shopping settlement ID, a memo input on the terminal 20 of the user of the settlement person ID is stored as an example, not limited to the memo.

The tag stores, as an example, not limited to, a tag input on the terminal 20 of the user of the settlement person ID as a tag associated with the shopping settlement history identified by the shopping settlement ID.

<Processing>
In this embodiment, the control unit 21 of the terminal 20 divides the shopping settlement amount and splits the bill according to the operation of correcting the shopping settlement amount by the user of the terminal 20 in the shopping settlement history correction process (A175) in the process of FIG. 14-7. Modify at least one of the candidate members, notes, and tags. Then, the control unit 21 transmits the corrected shopping settlement history selection information including the payment application ID of its own user, the shopping settlement ID of the modified shopping settlement history, and the modified contents to the server 10 by the communication I / F 22. (A185).

When the corrected shopping settlement history selection information is received from the terminal 20 by the communication I / F 14 (S185), the control unit 11 of the server 10 receives the payment application ID included in the received modified shopping settlement history selection information and the shopping settlement. The corresponding splitting management data in the third splitting management database 157C is updated based on the ID and the correction content. Specifically, when the shopping settlement amount is corrected, the column of the corresponding split billing amount in the shopping settlement history management data is updated. When the split bill member candidate is modified, the column of the corresponding split bill target member in the shopping settlement management data is updated. When a memo is added / corrected, the corresponding memo column in the shopping settlement history management data is updated. In addition, when a tag is added or modified, the column of the corresponding tag in the shopping settlement history management data is updated.

<Effect of 15th Example>
In the fifteenth embodiment, the terminal 20 shows a configuration in which the shopping settlement history correction process corrects the shopping settlement amount based on the correction operation of the user of the terminal 20.
As an example of the effect obtained by such a configuration, the settlement amount of the first settlement information can be corrected to a desired amount according to the input of the user of the terminal.

Further, in the fifteenth embodiment, the terminal 20 uses the original shopping settlement history (not limited, but an example of the first payment information) and the modified shopping settlement history (not limited) based on the selection operation by the user of the terminal 20. , An example of the second settlement information) is shown in the configuration in which the control unit 21 executes a process of inputting a shopping settlement history (not a limitation, but an example of the third settlement information).
As an example of the effect obtained by such a configuration, the control unit executes a process of inputting a third payment information different from the first payment information and the second payment information. Payment information to be added can be added.

Further, the fifteenth embodiment shows a configuration in which the shopping settlement history is selected based on a tag or the like (not limited, but an example of information input by a terminal user) associated with each of a plurality of payment information. ing.
As an example of the effect obtained by such a configuration, the first payment information can be appropriately selected based on the information input by the user of the terminal associated with each of the plurality of payment information.

Further, in the fifteenth embodiment, the terminal 20 has one shopping settlement history (not limited, but an example of the first settlement information) and another shopping settlement history (not limited, but not limited) among the plurality of shopping settlement histories. 4 (an example of payment information) is transmitted to the server 10 by the communication I / F22. The terminal 20 has an excess / deficiency amount of the user of the own terminal 20 (an example of a first amount, not a limitation) and an excess / deficiency amount of a split member of the first terminal 20 (an example of a second amount, not a limitation). And the excess / deficiency amount of the split member of the second terminal 20 (not limited, but an example of the third amount) is received from the server 10 by the communication I / F22. In this case, the excess / deficiency amount of the user of the own terminal 20 is determined based on one shopping settlement history and the other shopping settlement history, but the excess / deficiency amount of the split member of the first terminal 20 is one. The excess / deficiency amount of the split bill member of the second terminal 20 is determined based on the shopping settlement history of the second terminal 20, and shows a configuration determined based on the other shopping settlement history.
As an example of the effect obtained by such a configuration, the terminal has a first amount of money sent or received by the user of the terminal and a second amount of money sent or received by the user of the first terminal, which is determined based on different payment information. It is possible to receive the amount of money and the third amount of money sent or received by the user of the terminal and the second terminal different from the first terminal.

<16th Example>
The sixteenth embodiment is an embodiment in which the original shopping settlement history and the modified shopping settlement history are displayed in different display modes (different display modes). When the shopping settlement history is modified as shown in the thirteenth to fifteenth embodiments, it may be difficult to understand the modified part.

The contents described in the 16th embodiment can be applied to any of the other embodiments and the other modifications.
Further, the same components as those already described will be designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted again.

<Display screen example>
FIG. 16-1 is a diagram showing an example of the shopping settlement history selection screen in this embodiment.
On this shopping settlement history selection screen, in addition to the correction mark indicating that the shopping settlement history has been corrected in association with the shopping settlement history of "BB Super", the lower triangle indicating that the shopping settlement amount has been reduced and corrected. Mark is displayed.

FIG. 16-2 is a diagram showing an example of the split bill request notification screen in this embodiment, and is a diagram showing the user B. An example of the screen displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20 of B is shown.
On this split bill request notification screen, the user B. The excess / deficiency amount display area indicating the excess / deficiency amount of B is the user B. When operated by B, the breakdown of the split bill is displayed. In the shopping settlement history of "BB Super" in the breakdown of the split bill, a lower triangle mark indicating that the shopping settlement amount has been reduced and corrected is displayed as in FIG. 16-1.

FIG. 16-3 is a diagram showing another example of the shopping settlement history selection screen in this embodiment, which is the same screen as in FIG. 16-1, but the contents thereof are partially different.
On this shopping settlement history selection screen, in addition to the correction mark indicating that the shopping settlement history has been corrected in association with the shopping settlement history of "BB Super", the upper triangle indicating that the shopping settlement amount has been increased and corrected. Mark is displayed.

FIG. 16-4 is a diagram showing another example of the split bill request notification screen in this embodiment, which is the same screen as in FIG. 16-2, but the contents thereof are partially different.
On this split bill request notification screen, the upper triangle mark indicating that the shopping settlement amount has been increased and corrected is displayed in the shopping settlement history of "BB Super" in the breakdown of the split bill, as in FIG. 16-3. ..

<Effect of 16th Example>
In the 16th embodiment, the terminal 20 has a modified shopping settlement history (an example of modified second payment information, not limited) and a former shopping settlement history (an example of unmodified payment information, not limited). Indicates a configuration in which the display mode is displayed on the display unit 24 in a different manner.
As an example of the effect obtained by such a configuration, it is possible to make it possible for the user of the terminal to easily grasp that the payment information has been corrected and the corrected information in the payment information.

Further, in the 16th embodiment, when the shopping settlement amount in the shopping settlement history is reduced and corrected, the terminal 20 displays it on the display unit 24 in the first display mode, and the shopping settlement amount in the shopping settlement history is increased and corrected. In this case, the configuration for displaying on the display unit 24 is shown in the second aspect.
As an example of the effect obtained by such a configuration, the user of the terminal can easily grasp whether the settlement amount of the second settlement information has been adjusted to an increase or a decrease.

<16th modification>
In the 16th embodiment, the terminal 20 may display the modified contents of the modified shopping settlement history based on the input by the user of the terminal 20 for the modified shopping settlement history.

FIG. 16-5 is a diagram showing an example of the detailed input screen in this modified example, in which the user A. An example of a screen displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20 of A is shown.
On this detailed input screen, the details of the shopping settlement history of "BB Super" are displayed, and in the payment details column in the center of the screen, the product name and the unit price of the product with that product name are associated with the purchase before the change. The number and the number of purchases after the change are displayed.

FIG. 16-6 is a diagram showing a split bill request notification screen in this modified example, and is a diagram showing the user B. An example of the screen displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20 of B is shown.
In this split bill request notification screen, below the excess / deficiency amount display area, the user A. In association with the icon image of A and the user name, the user A. The memo entered by A is displayed. Below that, the breakdown of the split bill is displayed. The breakdown of the split bill includes each registered shopping settlement history. In this example, a plurality of shopping settlement histories such as "AA rental cycle" and "BB supermarket" are included, and the shopping settlement history of "BB supermarket" is associated with a reduction mark indicating that the shopping settlement amount has been reduced. Is displayed.

As an example, not limited to, when the display area of the shopping settlement history of this "BB supermarket" is operated, the modified contents are displayed in a pop-up format. In this example, the characters "Amount correction" indicating that the shopping settlement amount has been corrected, information indicating that the shopping settlement amount has been reduced from "3,000 yen" to "2,600 yen", and information indicating that the purchase settlement amount has been reduced and corrected. The content including the modified user icon image (in this example, the user AA icon image) is displayed in a pop-up format.

In this modification, the terminal 20 is modified based on the operation of the user of the terminal 20 on the modified shopping settlement history displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20 (not limited, but an example of input by the user of the terminal). The configuration for displaying the modified contents of the shopping settlement history is shown.
As an example of the effect obtained by such a configuration, the user of the terminal can confirm the modified content of the second payment information by inputting to his / her own terminal.

<17th Example>
The seventeenth embodiment is an embodiment that enables users of different terminals 20 to make correction proposals for the modified shopping settlement history modified by the terminal 20. The Dutch member may wish to object to the revised shopping settlement history.

In the following embodiment, modifying the shopping settlement history of the terminal 20 registered as the split target is referred to as "correction", and the terminal 20 user is a user of a different terminal 20 registered as the split target. Proposal to correct the shopping settlement history of the customer is called "correction proposal".

The contents described in the 17th embodiment can be applied to any of the other embodiments and the other modifications.
Further, the same components as those already described will be designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted again.

<Display screen example>
FIG. 17-1 is a diagram showing an example of the split bill content confirmation screen in this embodiment, and is a diagram showing the user B. An example of the screen displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20 of B is shown.
On this split bill content confirmation screen, as an example, not limited to, the shopping settlement history registered by oneself is corrected in association with the icon image and user name of oneself (user BB in this example) in the paid amount list display area. A correction mark indicating "correction" is displayed. In addition, a correction proposal mark indicating "correction proposal" for proposing correction of the shopping settlement history registered by the split bill member is displayed in association with the icon image and the user name of the split bill member other than himself / herself.

FIG. 17-2 shows the user A. The correction proposal mark associated with A is the user B. It is a figure which shows an example of the shopping settlement history correction proposal screen displayed based on the operation by B.
On this shopping settlement history correction proposal screen, the text "Please select the payment history you want to correct and propose" is displayed along with the user A. The shopping settlement history registered by A is displayed in a list. In this example, User A. As the shopping settlement history registered by A, the shopping settlement history of "AA rental cycle" and the shopping settlement history of "BB supermarket" are displayed, and in association with each shopping settlement history, a correction proposal of the shopping settlement history is made. Check boxes are provided. In this example, a state in which the check box associated with the shopping settlement history of the "BB supermarket" is checked is shown.

In addition, at the bottom of the screen, for the shopping settlement history for which the check box is checked, the amount correction proposal shown as "amount correction proposal" is not a limitation but an example for proposing the correction of the shopping settlement amount. An icon and a withdrawal proposal icon labeled "Withdrawal Proposal" are displayed as an example, not a limitation, for proposing withdrawal of the shopping settlement history.

FIG. 17-3 is a diagram showing an example of a correction proposal content input screen displayed based on the operation of the amount correction proposal icon on the shopping settlement history correction proposal screen of FIG. 17-2.
On this correction proposal content input screen, along with the characters "Please enter the content of the correction proposal", the shopping settlement history of "BB Super" with the check box checked, and the amount of money to propose correction (below) , Referred to as "correction proposal amount") is provided with a correction proposal amount input field for inputting. The correction proposal amount input field is provided in association with the lower button as the upper button, and the correction proposal amount is increased by operating the upper button, and the correction proposal amount is increased by operating the lower button. It is configured to be reduced.

In this example, as the shopping settlement amount (corrected shopping settlement history) of "BB Super", the user A. A correction mark indicating that the item has been corrected by A, a lower triangle mark indicating that the amount has been reduced, and a corrected shopping settlement amount of "2,400 yen" are displayed. In addition, user B. "3,000 yen" is displayed as the correction proposal amount entered by B.

In addition, under the correction proposal amount input field, a correction proposal comment input field for inputting a correction proposal comment for the correction shopping settlement history is provided, and the user B. It is configured so that B can input a correction proposal comment. In this example, a correction proposal comment "I think the shopping fee at the supermarket was 3,000 yen" is input. That is, user B. By B, user A. It is shown that the shopping settlement amount "2,400 yen" corrected by A is incorrect, and a correction proposal comment is entered to challenge whether it is actually "3,000 yen".

Also, at the bottom of the screen, there is a correction proposal execution icon that says "Propose correction" as an example, not a limitation, for making a correction proposal with the entered contents.

FIG. 17-4 shows the user A. based on the operation of the correction proposal execution icon on the correction proposal content input screen of FIG. 17-3. It is a figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part 24 of the terminal 20 of A.
On this correction proposal screen, the text "There was a correction proposal for splitting the bill from Mr. BB" and the user A. Along with the details of the modified shopping settlement history of "BB Super" registered by A, User B. The details of the content proposed to be modified by B are displayed. Specifically, user B. In association with the icon image of B, the characters "correction proposal" indicating that there was a correction proposal and the correction proposal amount ("3,000 yen" in this example) are displayed. Below that, user B. In association with the icon image and user name of B, user B. The correction proposal comment entered by B (in this example, "I think the shopping fee at the supermarket was 3,000 yen") is displayed.

In addition, at the bottom of the screen, an answer comment input field for inputting a comment of the answer to the above-mentioned correction proposal content is provided. In this example, the user A. A indicates that the answer comment "I have drawn the souvenir hot spring manju fee" has been entered. Next to this answer comment input field, the input answer comment is input to the user B. A transmission button for transmitting to the terminal 20 of B is provided.

FIG. 17-5 shows the user B.I. It is a figure which shows an example of the correction proposal screen displayed on the display part 24 of the terminal 20 of B.
On this correction proposal screen, the correction proposal comment sent by oneself and the user A. The answer comment sent from A is displayed.

Further, as in the correction proposal screen of FIG. 17-4, an answer comment input field is provided at the bottom of the screen. In this example, the user B. B shows that the answer comment "I shared it with everyone, so let's split the bill for hot spring buns!" Was entered. Next to this answer comment input field, the input answer comment is entered by the user A. A transmission button for transmitting to the terminal 20 of A is provided.

FIG. 17-6 shows the user A.A. based on the operation of the send button on the correction proposal screen of FIG. 17-5. It is a figure which shows an example of the correction proposal screen displayed on the display part 24 of the terminal 20 of A.
On this correction proposal screen, user B. The answer comment sent from B is displayed. In addition, in the answer comment input field, the user A. A indicates that the answer comment "Then, let me do that." Is entered.

FIG. 17-7 shows the user B.I. It is a figure which shows an example of the correction proposal screen displayed on the display part 24 of the terminal 20 of B.
On this correction proposal screen, the user B.B. Under the details of the content proposed to be amended by B, User A. The letters "Proposal Acceptance" indicating that the amendment proposal was approved by A, the upper triangle mark indicating that the shopping settlement amount has been increased and amended, and the amount of the amendment result ("3,000 yen" in this example) ) Is displayed.
In addition, under the answer comment sent by oneself (user BB), the user A. The answer comment sent from A (in this example, "Then, let me do that.") Is displayed.

In addition, at the bottom of the screen, a settlement amount confirmation icon indicating "Confirm settlement amount" is displayed as an example, not a limitation, for confirming the amount (settlement amount) settled as a result of the split bill settlement process. ing.

FIG. 17-8 shows the user B.I. It is a figure which shows an example of the split bill request notification screen displayed on the display part 24 of the terminal 20 of B.
In this split bill request notification screen, the user B. The excess or deficiency amount of B (“3,500 yen received” in this example) is displayed.

FIG. 17-9 is a diagram showing an example of a screen displayed based on the operation of the excess / deficiency amount display area in the split bill request notification screen of FIG. 17-8.
When the excess / deficiency amount display area is operated on the split bill request notification screen of FIG. 17-8, the user B. Based on B making a correction proposal, user B. Information indicating whether the excess / deficiency amount of B has changed from the initial excess / deficiency amount to an increase / decrease is displayed. In this example, in the excess / deficiency amount display area, the user B. A lower triangle mark indicating that the amount of money received by B has decreased is displayed.

FIG. 17-10 shows the user B. An example of the shopping settlement history selection screen displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20 of B is shown.
In this example, user B. As the shopping settlement history registered by B, the shopping settlement history of "EE restaurant" is displayed, and the state in which the check box is checked is shown. At the bottom of the screen, an amount correction icon for correcting the amount of this shopping settlement history and a withdrawal icon (for canceling the registration of this shopping settlement history) for withdrawing this shopping settlement history from the split bill are displayed. Has been done.

FIG. 17-11 shows the user B. based on the operation of the withdrawal icon on the shopping settlement history selection screen of FIG. 17-10. It is a figure which shows an example of the correction proposal screen displayed on the display part 24 of the terminal 20 of B.
In this correction proposal screen, the user B. Along with the shopping settlement history of the "EE restaurant" that B wants to withdraw, user B. The comment entered by B is displayed. In this example, the comment "I have the travel dates adjusted to me, so I will buy the food at the restaurant!" Is displayed.

<Processing>
FIG. 17-12 is a flowchart showing an example of the flow of processing executed by each device in this embodiment.
In the process of FIG. 17-12, in the process portion of FIG. 2-18 of the processes of FIGS. 2-16 to 2-18, the step of A540 is added as the process of the terminal A, and the process of the terminal B is the process of A540. This is a process in which steps are added and steps S540 to S580 are added as processes of the server 10.
The same steps as those described above are designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted again.

After A210, the control unit 21 of the terminal A executes the split bill correction process (A540). Similarly, after B210, the control unit 21 of the terminal B executes the split bill correction process (A540).

FIG. 17-13 is a flowchart showing an example of the flow of the split bill correction process.
This process replaces the steps A5320 to A5340 of the split bill additional registration process of FIG. 4-9 with A5420 to A5440, respectively, and replaces the steps A5370 and A5380 with the steps A5470 and A5480, respectively.

When it is determined in A5310 that the split bill is not agreed (A5310: NO), the control unit 21 corrects the split bill content based on whether or not an operation for correcting the split bill content is input to the input / output unit 23. It is determined whether or not to do so (A5420). If it is determined not to correct the split bill (A5420: NO), the control unit 21 shifts the process to A5350.

On the other hand, if it is determined that the split bill is to be corrected (A5420: YES), the control unit 21 executes the split bill settlement correction process (A5430). Specifically, the shopping settlement history is corrected according to the correction operation for the input / output unit 23. This "correction" is not limited, but as an example, in order to request the server 10 to correct (or propose) the shopping settlement history, the terminal 20 side has the correction target / correction content (or the correction proposal target / correction proposal content). ) Is included.

After that, the control unit 21 communicates, as an example, not a limitation, a billing settlement correction request notification including the shopping settlement ID of the shopping settlement history of the correction target (or correction proposal target) and the correction content (or correction proposal content). It is transmitted to the server 10 by the I / F 22 (A5440).

Next, the control unit 21 determines whether or not the split bill correction confirmation notification has been received from the server 10 by the communication I / F 22 (A5470), and if it determines that it has been received (A5470: YES), the received split bill settlement After displaying the confirmation notification on the display unit 24 (A5480), the process is returned to A5310.

On the other hand, if it is determined that the split bill correction confirmation notification has not been received (A5470: NO), the control unit 21 ends the split bill correction process.

Here, if the shopping settlement history to be modified is the shopping settlement history by the user of the own terminal 20, it is "correction", but if the shopping settlement history to be modified is the shopping settlement history by the user of the different terminal 20. Is a "correction proposal".

In A5430, the control unit 21 of the terminal 20 of the user who makes the correction proposal determines the content of the correction proposal input by the user, and in A5440, determines the shopping settlement ID of the shopping settlement history of the correction proposal target and the content of the correction proposal. A notification of a request for correction of split bills including payment is transmitted to the server 10. That is, the shopping settlement history is not corrected on the terminal 20 of the user who makes the correction proposal.
Based on the fact that the split bill settlement correction request notification is sent to the server 10, the split bill correction confirmation notice is sent from the server 10 to the target terminal. The payment history is corrected (A5470: YES → A5480 → A5310: NO → A5420: YES, A5430).

Note that, unlike this, the shopping settlement history may or may not be corrected on the terminal 20 of the user who makes the correction proposal.

Returning to FIG. 17-12, after S210, the control unit 11 of the server 10 executes the third split bill approval management process (S540).

FIG. 17-14 is a flowchart showing an example of the flow of the third split bill approval management process.
This process replaces the step S2310 in the first split bill approval management process (see FIG. 2-20) with S5410, and adds the steps S5420 to S5440. In this process, the split bill settlement notice is one of the above-mentioned "split bill settlement approval notice", "split bill settlement refusal notice", and "split bill settlement correction request notice".
The same steps as those described above are designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted again.

When the control unit 11 receives the split bill settlement notification from the terminal 20 (S5410), the control unit 11 determines whether or not the received split bill settlement notification is a "split bill settlement correction request notification" (S5420). If it is determined that the received split bill settlement notification is not the split bill settlement correction request notification (5420: NO), the control unit 11 shifts the process to S2320.

On the other hand, if it is determined that the received split bill settlement notification is the split bill settlement correction request notification (S5420: YES), the control unit 11 is identified by the shopping settlement ID included in the received split bill settlement correction request notification. With respect to the shopping settlement history, the excess / deficiency amount is calculated (recalculated) based on the correction content also included in the received split bill settlement correction request notification (S5430).

After that, the control unit 11 changes the split billing content based on the calculated excess / deficiency amount (S5440). This process of changing the split bill can be said to be an example of a process of modifying the first settlement information executed by the control unit 11 of the server 10 into the second settlement information.
Then, the control unit 11 ends the third split bill approval management process.

Returning to FIG. 17-12, the control unit 11 determines whether or not the splitting content has been changed in the third splitting approval management process (S550), and if it determines that the splitting content has been changed (S550: YES), corrects the splitting. The confirmation notification is transmitted to each of the terminal A and the terminal B by the communication I / F 14 (S580). Then, the control unit 11 returns the process to S540.

On the other hand, if it is determined in the third split bill approval management process that the split bill content has not been changed (S550: NO), the control unit 11 shifts the process to S240.

After A540, the control unit 21 of the terminal A shifts the processing to A250. Similarly, after A540, the control unit 21 of the terminal B shifts the processing to B250.

<Effect of 17th Example>
In the 17th embodiment, the modified shopping settlement history modified by one user's terminal 20 shows a configuration including comments on the modified shopping settlement history by users of different terminals 20.
As an example of the effect obtained by such a configuration, it is possible for users of different terminals to add a comment to the second payment information corrected by one terminal.

Further, in the 17th embodiment, the modified shopping settlement history modified by one user's terminal 20 is proposed to be modified by a user of a different terminal 20 after the modified shopping settlement history is transmitted to the server 10 by the communication I / F22. The configuration to be modified based on is shown.
As an example of the effect obtained by such a configuration, it is possible for users of different terminals to further modify the second payment information corrected by one terminal to the fourth payment information different from the second payment information. Can be.

<17th modification>
In the 17th embodiment, when a correction proposal is made, the split bill correction confirmation notice is transmitted from the server 10 to the terminal 20 of each split bill member, but the present invention is not limited to this. Specifically, the split bill correction confirmation notification may or may not be transmitted from the server 10 only to the terminal 20 of the user who has proposed the correction.

Further, the server 10 may send a split bill correction confirmation notice to the terminal 20 of the user who causes (losses) a loss due to the correction of the shopping settlement history by the correction / correction proposal. You don't have to.

FIG. 17-15 is a diagram for explaining the fluctuation of the excess / deficiency amount in this modified example, and is not a limitation but an example of a table in which the operation type, the operation content, and the excess / deficiency amount fluctuation are associated with each other. Shown.

The operation type is an operation performed by the operator regarding the correction of the shopping settlement history, "correction" indicating that the performed operation is a correction operation, and "correction" indicating that the performed operation is a correction proposal operation. "Amendment proposal" is included in this.

The operation content is the content of how the operation to correct the shopping settlement history was performed according to the operation type.

The excess / deficiency amount fluctuation is the fluctuation of the excess / deficiency amount of each split bill member, and includes the operator column, the operated person column, and the other split bill member column.

The operator is a user who has performed an operation of the corresponding operation type.

The operated person is a user who has registered the shopping settlement history. Since the operation type "correction" is a case where the operator corrects his / her shopping settlement history, there is no operated person. That is, the operated person is a user who has registered the shopping settlement history for the operation type "correction proposal", and is a user who receives the correction proposal of the shopping settlement history by the operator.

Other split bill members are users who exclude the operator and the operated person from among the split bill members.

In each column included in the excess / deficiency amount fluctuation, one of "increase", "decrease", and "no increase / decrease (-)" is defined.
"Increase" means that if the type of excess / deficiency amount is "Receive", the amount received by the user will increase, and if the type of excess / deficiency amount is "Payment", the amount paid by the user will decrease. Means.
"Reduction" means that if the type of excess / deficiency amount is "Receive", the amount received by the user will decrease, and if the type of excess / deficiency amount is "Payment", the amount paid by the user will increase. Means.

(1) Operation type "correction"
Two types of operation contents are defined in the operation type "correction".
The first operation content is "addition of shopping settlement history / upward revision of shopping settlement amount", which means an operation of adding a shopping settlement history or an operation of upwardly adjusting the shopping settlement amount.
In this case, as the excess / deficiency amount fluctuation, "increase" is set for the operator and "decrease" is set for the other split bill members.

The second operation content is "withdrawal of shopping settlement history / downward revision of shopping settlement amount", which means an operation of withdrawing the shopping settlement history or an operation of downwardly correcting the shopping settlement amount.
In this case, "decrease" is set for the operator and "increase" is set for the other split bill members as the fluctuation of the excess or deficiency amount.

(2) Operation type "correction proposal"
The operation type "correction proposal" also defines two types of operation contents.
The first operation content is "shopping settlement history addition proposal / shopping settlement amount upward revision proposal", which means a proposal operation for adding a shopping settlement history or a proposal operation for upwardly adjusting the shopping settlement amount. ..
In this case, as fluctuations in the amount of excess or deficiency, "decrease" is set for the operator, "increase" for the operated person, and "decrease" for the other split Dutch members.

The second operation content is "Proposal for withdrawing shopping settlement history / Proposal for downward revision of shopping settlement amount", which means a proposal operation for withdrawing the shopping settlement history or a proposal operation for downwardly correcting the shopping settlement amount.
In this case, as the excess / deficiency amount fluctuation, "increase" is set for the operator, "decrease" is set for the operated person, and "increase" is set for the other split Dutch members.

FIG. 17-16 is a diagram for explaining the necessity of transmitting the split bill correction confirmation notice in this modification, and is not limited to the operation type, the operation content, and the necessity of transmitting the split bill correction confirmation notice. The table associated with is shown as an example.
The operation type and operation content correspond to the tables in FIGS. 17-15, respectively.

The necessity of sending the split bill correction confirmation notice is the necessity of sending the split bill correction confirmation notice from the server 10, and the operated person and other split bill members are included in this. "Required" is required for the user (terminal 20 of the user) who needs to send the split bill correction confirmation notice, and "unnecessary" is required for the user (terminal 20 of the user) who does not need to send the split bill correction confirmation notice. It is set.

(1) Operation type "correction"
In the operation content "Addition of shopping settlement history / upward revision of shopping settlement amount", "necessary" is specified for other split bill members among the necessity of sending the split bill correction confirmation notification. This is because, as shown in the table of FIG. 17-15, in this operation content, the fluctuation of the excess or deficiency amount of the other split bill member is "reduction", and the amount received by the other split bill member is reduced by the correction, or the other split bill member The amount paid by the members will increase. This means that the correction will cause the other Dutch members to lose (have a loss). For this reason, the transmission of the split bill correction confirmation notice is "required", and the permission of other split bill members is required to make the correction.

In the operation content "Withdrawal of shopping settlement history / Downward revision of shopping settlement amount", "Not required" is stipulated for other split bill members among the necessity of sending the split bill correction confirmation notification. This is because, as shown in the table of FIG. 17-15, in this operation content, the fluctuation of the excess or deficiency amount of the other split bill members is "increase", and the amount received by the other split bill members increases due to the correction, or the other split bill members receive. The amount paid by the members will be reduced. This is, so to speak, a modification that will benefit other Dutch members. For this reason, the transmission of the split bill correction confirmation notice is "unnecessary", and the permission of other split bill members is not required to make the correction.

(2) Operation type "correction proposal"
In the operation content "Proposal for adding shopping settlement history / Proposal for upward revision of shopping settlement amount", among the necessity of sending the split bill correction confirmation notification, "unnecessary" is defined for the operated person and "required" for other split bill members. ing. This is because, as shown in the table of FIGS. 17-15, in this operation content, the fluctuation of the excess or deficiency amount of the operated person is "increase", and it will be profitable by the correction, but the excess of the other split bill members. This is because the fluctuation of the shortfall amount is a "reduction", and the correction will result in a loss.

In the operation content "Proposal for withdrawal of shopping settlement history / Proposal for downward revision of shopping settlement amount", among the necessity of sending the split bill correction confirmation notification, "necessary" is set for the operated person and "unnecessary" is set for other split bill members. ing. This is because, as shown in the table of FIG. 17-15, in this operation content, the fluctuation of the excess or deficiency amount of the operated person is "reduction", and the correction will result in a loss, but the other splitting members' excess. This is because the fluctuation of the shortfall amount is an "increase", and it will be profitable by the correction.

In this case, the control unit 11 of the server 10 sets the terminal 20 determined to need to transmit the split bill correction confirmation notification (“necessary”) in S580 of the process of FIG. 17-12 as the target terminal, and only to the target terminal. Send a split bill correction confirmation notice. That is, the terminal 20 determined that it is not necessary to send the split bill correction confirmation notice (“unnecessary”) is excluded from the target terminals, and the split bill correction confirmation notice is not transmitted to this terminal 20.

By doing so, the server 10 transmits the split bill correction confirmation notice to the terminal 20 determined to need to send the split bill correction confirmation notice (“necessary”), and the split bill correction process is executed on the terminal 20. (S580 → A540 in FIG. 17-12). In this case, in the split bill correction process (see FIG. 17-13), if it is determined that the user of the terminal 20 agrees with the correction content and as a result agrees with the split bill (A5310: YES in FIG. 17-13), The split bill settlement approval notice will be transmitted from the terminal 20 to the server 10 (A5360 in FIG. 17-13). On the other hand, if it is determined that the user of the terminal 20 does not agree with the correction contents and as a result does not agree with the split bill (A5310: NO, A5420: NO in FIGS. 17-13), the split bill settlement refusal notification is sent to the terminal 20. Will be transmitted to the server 10 (A5350 in FIG. 17-13).

On the other hand, since the server 10 does not send the split bill correction confirmation notice to the terminal 20 determined that it is not necessary to send the split bill correction confirmation notice (“unnecessary”), the split bill correction process is not executed on the terminal 20. Therefore, the terminal 20 does not confirm whether or not the modification content is agreed.

This modification shows a configuration in which the modified shopping settlement history is modified based on permission of modification by users of different terminals 20.
As an example of the effect obtained by such a configuration, the first payment information is not corrected to the second payment information unless the users of different terminals permit the correction, so that it is possible to prevent disadvantages for users of different terminals. it can.

Further, this modification shows a configuration in which the modified shopping settlement history modified by the users of different terminals 20 is further modified based on the permission of the modification by the user of the own terminal 20.
As an example of the effect obtained by such a configuration, if the terminal user does not permit the correction, the second payment information is not corrected to the fourth payment information, so that it is possible to prevent the terminal user from being disadvantaged.

<18th Example>
In the eighteenth embodiment, after the terminal 20 performs the first remittance processing / first receipt processing based on the selected shopping settlement history, the shopping settlement history is modified, and based on the modified shopping settlement history. , This is an example of executing the second remittance processing / second receiving processing. Although the split bill is once made based on the selected shopping settlement history, the user may notice the mistake later.

The contents described in the eighteenth embodiment can be applied to any of the other embodiments and the other modifications.
Further, the same components as those already described will be designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted again.

<Processing>
FIG. 18-1 is a flowchart showing an example of the flow of the split billing process executed by the terminal 20 in this embodiment.
This process is a process in which steps A65 to A75 are added as the process of the terminal A and a step of B75 is added as the process of the terminal B to the process of FIG.

After A60, the control unit 21 of the terminal A corrects the shopping settlement history selected in A10 based on whether or not an operation requesting the correction of the shopping settlement history is input to the input / output unit 23. Whether or not it is determined (A65). If it is determined that the correction is to be performed (A65: YES), the control unit 21 of the terminal A executes the shopping settlement history correction process (A70). Specifically, as an example, not limited, the shopping settlement history selected in A10 is corrected based on the correction operation for the input / output unit 23.

After that, the control unit 21 of the terminal A transmits the shopping settlement history correction information including the correction contents of the shopping settlement history to the terminal B by the communication I / F22 (A75). Then, the control unit 21 of the terminal A returns the processing to the A40.

In this case, the shopping settlement history correction information may include, as an example, not limited information, information on the difference between the shopping settlement amount before the correction and the shopping settlement amount after the correction.
Then, in this case, the control unit 21 of the terminal B is based on the shopping settlement history correction information received from the terminal A, and based on the difference between the shopping settlement amount before the correction and the shopping settlement amount after the correction, the user of the terminal 20 Can be made to calculate the amount to be additionally remitted or the amount to be additionally received by the user of the terminal 20.

In addition, unlike this, as an example, not limited, the information of the corrected shopping settlement amount is included in the shopping settlement history correction information, and the split bill settlement process is executed based on the corrected shopping settlement amount. You may or may not have to do so.
In this case, as an example, not limited, before performing the split bill settlement by collecting the amount from the user who received the amount in the split bill settlement process based on the shopping settlement amount before correction and refunding it to the user who paid the amount. Execute the process (rollback process, reset process) to return to the state of. Then, the split bill settlement process based on the corrected shopping settlement amount may or may not be executed.

After B60, the control unit 21 of the terminal B determines whether or not the shopping settlement history correction information has been received from the terminal A by the communication I / F 22 (B75), and if it is determined that the information has been received (B75: YES). , Return the process to B30.

If it is determined in A65 that the correction is not performed (A65: NO), the control unit 21 of the terminal A ends the splitting process.
If it is determined in B75 that the shopping settlement history correction information has not been received (B75: NO), the control unit 21 of the terminal B ends the split billing process.

<Effect of 18th Example>
In the eighteenth embodiment, the terminal 20 transmits the shopping settlement information by the user of the own terminal 20 to the different terminals 20 by the communication I / F 22 based on the input to the own terminal 20 by the user of the own terminal 20. The terminal 20 receives at least information on the excess or deficiency amount of its own terminal 20 from the terminal 20 that differs depending on the communication I / F 22. The terminal 20 executes the split bill settlement process (split bill settlement process) (not limited, but an example of the first remittance process or the first receipt process) based on the received excess / deficiency amount by the control unit 21. Then, when the above shopping settlement information is modified, the terminal 20 controls the split bill settlement process (not limited, but an example of the second remittance process or the second receipt process) based on the modified shopping settlement history. Shows the configuration to be executed by.
As an example of the effect obtained by such a configuration, even if the first payment information is modified to the second payment information after the first remittance processing or the first receipt processing based on the first amount is executed. , The second remittance process, or the second receipt process can be executed to adjust the settled amount after the fact.

Further, in the eighteenth embodiment, the terminal 20 includes a processor that reads a program stored in the memory and executes a process based on the read program. The processor transmits the shopping settlement information by the user of the own terminal 20 to different terminals 20 by the communication I / F 22 based on the input to the own terminal 20 by the user of the own terminal 20, and at least the own terminal 20. Receiving information on the excess / deficiency amount from the terminal 20 that differs depending on the communication I / F22, and splitting settlement processing (splitting settlement processing) based on the received excess / deficiency amount (not limited to the first remittance processing or the first Execution of (an example of receipt processing) and when the above shopping settlement information is modified, based on the modified shopping settlement history, split settlement processing (not limited, but an example of second remittance processing or second receipt processing) ) Is executed.
Even with such a configuration, the same effect as described above can be obtained.

Further, in the eighteenth embodiment, the split bill settlement process (not limited, but an example of the second remittance process or the second receipt process) after the shopping settlement history is modified is the shopping settlement amount and the original shopping in the modified shopping settlement history. It shows the configuration that is executed based on the difference between the payment history and the shopping payment amount.
As an example of the effect obtained by such a configuration, the settled amount can be correctly adjusted after the fact based on the difference between the second payment information and the first payment information.

<18th modification>
In the eighteenth embodiment, the permission of the user of the different terminal 20 or the different terminal 20 may or may not be required when performing the split bill settlement.

FIG. 18-2 is a flowchart showing another example of the flow of the splitting process executed by the terminal 20 in this modified example.
This process is a process in which steps A80 to A86 are added as the process of the terminal A and steps B80 to B86 are added as the process of the terminal B to the process of FIG.

After A60, the control unit 21 of the terminal A determines whether or not to make a post-correction of the shopping settlement history (A80). If it is determined that the post-correction is not performed (A80: NO), the control unit 21 of the terminal A shifts the processing to the A90.

On the other hand, if it is determined that the post-correction is to be performed (A80: YES), the control unit 21 of the terminal A executes the shopping settlement history correction process (A82). Then, the control unit 21 of the terminal A transmits the shopping settlement history correction information to the terminal B by the communication I / F22.

After B60, the control unit 21 of the terminal B determines whether or not the shopping settlement history correction information has been received from the terminal A by the communication I / F 22 (B80). If it is determined that the reception has not been received (B80: NO), the control unit 21 of the terminal B shifts the processing to B90.

On the other hand, if it is determined that the shopping settlement history correction information has been received (B80: YES), does the control unit 21 of the terminal B agree to the correction based on the shopping settlement history correction information? Whether or not it is determined (B82).

If it is determined that the modification is agreed (B82: YES), the control unit 21 of the terminal B returns the process to B40. On the other hand, if it is determined that the modification is not agreed (B82: NO), the control unit 21 of the terminal B transmits the modification refusal notification to the terminal A by the communication I / F 22 (B86). Then, the control unit 21 of the terminal B shifts the processing to B90.

After A84, the control unit 21 of the terminal A determines whether or not the correction refusal notification has been received from the terminal B by the communication I / F 22 (A86). If it is determined that the reception has not been received (A86: NO), the control unit 21 of the terminal A returns the processing to the A40.

On the other hand, if it is determined that the correction refusal notification has been received (A86: YES), the control unit 21 of the terminal A shifts the processing to the A90.

This modification shows a configuration in which the split bill settlement process after the correction of the shopping settlement history is executed when the correction refusal notification is not received from the different terminals 20.
As an example of the effect obtained by such a configuration, the settlement amount can be adjusted ex post facto based on the permission of different terminals or users of different terminals.

In the above process, if the modified shopping settlement history is modified so that the shopping settlement amount is reduced from the original shopping settlement history, the terminal 20 or the terminal without permission from the user of the different terminal 20. The control unit 21 of 20 may or may not execute the split bill settlement process.

As an example, not a limitation, if the Dutch Master modifies the shopping settlement amount to be less than the original shopping settlement history, the other Dutch members will receive one of the first remittances made by the Dutch member. The amount of the copy will be refunded. In other words, other split bill members will benefit, so it is considered that permission is not required for split bill settlement.

On the other hand, as an example, not a limitation, if a split bill member other than the split bill master corrects the shopping settlement amount to be less than the original shopping settlement history, the shopping settlement history is corrected at the will of the split bill member. It will be. Therefore, in this case as well, it is considered that permission is not required for split bill settlement.

In this modification, the split bill settlement process after the modification of the shopping settlement history is executed without the permission of the user of the different terminal 20 or the different terminal 20 when the settlement amount of the modified shopping settlement history is less than that of the original shopping settlement history. The configuration is shown.
As an example of the effect obtained by such a configuration, when users of different terminals make a monetary gain by modifying the first payment information, or when users of different terminals do not have a monetary loss, different terminals, Alternatively, the second remittance process or the second receipt process can be performed without the permission of users of different terminals.

<19th Example>
The nineteenth embodiment is an embodiment in which the terminal 20 communicates with the server 10 and makes an ex post facto adjustment of the settlement amount based on the corrected shopping settlement history.

The contents described in the 19th embodiment can be applied to any of the other embodiments and the other modifications.
Further, the same components as those already described will be designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted again.

<Processing>
FIG. 19 is a flowchart showing an example of the flow of processing executed by each device in this embodiment.
This process is a process started from A350, B350, and S340 in the process portion of FIG. 2-19, and is a process of executing the split bill correction process after the split bill settlement is executed.

In this process, after A350, the control unit 21 of the terminal A executes the split bill correction process (A540). This split bill correction process is the same as in FIG. 17-13.
Similarly, after B350, the control unit 21 of the terminal B executes the split bill correction process (A540).

On the other hand, after S340, the control unit 11 of the server 10 executes the third split bill approval management process (S540). This third split bill approval management process is the same as in FIGS. 17-14.

If it is determined that the splitting content has not been changed (S550: NO), the control unit 11 determines whether or not the splitting correction has been established (S960). If it is determined that the split bill correction is established (S960: YES), the control unit 11 shifts the process to S310 in FIG. 2-19.

On the other hand, if it is determined that the split bill correction has not been established (S960: NO), the control unit 11 notifies the target terminal by the communication I / F14 that the split bill correction has not been established. (In this example, terminal A and terminal B) are transmitted to each (S970). Then, the control unit 11 shifts the processing to S390.

After A540, the control unit 21 of the terminal A determines whether or not the notification of failure to establish the split bill is received from the server 10 by the communication I / F 22 (A970), and if it is determined that the notification is not received (A970: NO). , Transfer the process to A310 in FIG. 2-19.

On the other hand, if it is determined that the split bill correction failure notification has been received (A970: YES), the control unit 21 of the terminal A causes the display unit 24 to display the received split bill correction failure notification (A980). Then, the control unit 21 of the terminal A shifts the processing to the A390.
After A540, the terminal B also performs the same processing (B970, B980).

<Effect of 19th Example>
In the 19th embodiment, the terminal 20 has an excess / deficiency amount (not a limitation, but an example of a third amount) of the user of the own terminal 20 based on the original shopping settlement history, and a terminal 20 different from the own terminal 20. Of the excess / deficiency amount of each user of the plurality of terminals 20 including the user, at least the information of the excess / deficiency amount of the user of the own terminal 20 is received from the server 10 by the communication I / F 22. The terminal 20 controls the split bill settlement request process and the split bill settlement result reception process (not limited, but an example of a third remittance process based on a third amount or a third receipt process) based on the received excess / deficiency amount. Run by. When the original shopping settlement history is modified, the terminal 20 performs split bill settlement request processing and split bill settlement result reception processing (not limited, but an example of the fourth remittance processing or the fourth receipt processing) based on the modified shopping settlement history. Is executed by the control unit 21. Then, the split bill settlement request process based on the modified shopping settlement history is executed based on the permission of each user of the plurality of terminals 20.
As an example of the effect obtained by such a configuration, the settlement amount can be adjusted ex post facto based on the permission of each user of a plurality of terminals including users of different terminals.

Further, the 19th embodiment shows a configuration in which the shopping settlement history by the user of the terminal 20 is proposed to be modified (not limited, but an example of a modification request) by the users of different terminals 20.
As an example of the effect obtained by such a configuration, the first payment information can be corrected to the second payment information based on the correction requests by users of different terminals.

Further, in the 19th embodiment, the split bill settlement process includes a split bill settlement approval notice (not limited, but an example of permission of the terminal user) sent from the terminal 20 and a split bill settlement approval notice sent from a different terminal 20 (not limited). The configuration executed by the server 10 is shown at least based on, but not limited to, an example of permission of users of different terminals).
As an example of the effect obtained by such a configuration, since the first remittance process or the first receiving process is executed based on at least the permission of the user of the terminal and the permission of the user of a different terminal, at least the terminal It is possible to prevent the first remittance process or the first receiving process from being executed without the consent of the user of the terminal different from the user.

Further, in the 19th embodiment, the server 10 receives the shopping settlement history by the user of the terminal 20 from the terminal 20 by the communication I / F 14 based on the input to the terminal 20 by the user of the terminal 20. The server 10 transmits information on at least the excess / deficiency amount (not limited, but an example of the first amount) of the user of the terminal 20 to the terminal 20 by the communication I / F14 based on the received shopping settlement history, and at least different terminals. Information on the excess or deficiency amount (not limited, but an example of the second amount) of 20 users is transmitted to different terminals 20 by communication I / F14. The server 10 performs a split bill settlement process (not limited, a first remittance process or a first remittance process to a terminal based on the first amount, and a second remittance process or a second remittance process to a different terminal based on the second amount. An example of processing) is executed by the control unit 11. Further, the server 10 receives the split bill settlement correction request notification (not limited, but an example of information regarding correction from the first payment information to the second payment information) from the terminal 20 by the communication I / F14. Then, when the shopping settlement history (an example of the first settlement information, not the limitation) is modified, the server 10 performs the split bill settlement process based on the modified shopping settlement history (an example of the second settlement information, not the limitation). (Not limited to this, an example of a third remittance process or a third remittance process for a terminal and a fourth remittance process or a fourth remittance process for a different terminal) is executed by the control unit 11.
As an example of the effect obtained by such a configuration, even if the first payment information is modified to the second payment information after the first remittance processing or the first receipt processing based on the first amount is executed. , The second remittance process, or the second receipt process can be executed to adjust the settled amount after the fact. Further, since it is not necessary to execute these processes on the terminal, the processing load on the terminal can be reduced.

<19th modification>
In the nineteenth embodiment, the settlement amount may be adjusted ex post facto, requiring the permission of the user who has a loss due to the correction of the shopping settlement history among the split Dutch members. It does not have to be.

In this case, the method described in FIGS. 17-15 and 17-16 is used in the same manner to determine whether or not to send the split bill correction confirmation notification. Then, the control unit 11 of the server 10 sets the terminal 20 determined to need to transmit the split bill correction confirmation notification (“necessary”) in S580 of the process of FIG. 19 as the target terminal, and confirms the split bill correction only to the target terminal. Send a notification. This is as described above.

In this modification, the split bill settlement request processing is performed on a user who has a loss due to the correction of the original shopping settlement history among the users of a plurality of terminals 20 including the user of the terminal 20 different from the own terminal 20. Shows the configuration to be executed with permission.
As an example of the effect obtained by such a configuration, the fourth remittance processing or the fourth receiving processing is the second from the first payment information among the users of a plurality of terminals including the user of the terminal different from the terminal. By modifying the payment information so that it is executed based on the permission of the user who has the loss, it is possible to request the confirmation of the user who has the loss.

<20th Example>
In the twentieth embodiment, after the split bill settlement is performed based on the shopping settlement history by the user of the own terminal 20 and the shopping settlement history by the user of the different terminal 20, the proposal is to correct the shopping settlement history by the user of the different terminal 20. It is an embodiment modified by.

The contents described in the twentieth embodiment can be applied to any of the other embodiments and the other modifications.
Further, the same components as those already described will be designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted again.

As described in the previous embodiment, according to the method of the present disclosure, in addition to the shopping settlement history of users of one terminal 20, the shopping settlement history of users of different terminals 20 is also included in the split billing target. Can be done. In this case, the excess or deficiency amount is calculated by the server 10 based on the shopping settlement amount of the shopping settlement history registered by the user of one terminal 20 and the shopping settlement amount of the shopping settlement history registered by the user of a different terminal 20. It will be calculated.

FIG. 20 is a diagram for explaining the split bill settlement notification type transmitted from the terminal 20 to the server 10 in the present embodiment, and shows a table in which the operation type, the settlement type, and the split bill settlement notification type are associated with each other. ing.

The operation type includes "correction" and "correction proposal".

The settlement types include "former settlement" and "post-settlement".
"Former settlement" is the original split bill settlement (first split bill settlement). Executing the first remittance process or the first receipt process corresponds to this.
"Post-payment" is a settlement (the second and subsequent settlements) in which the amount settled in the previous split bill settlement is adjusted after the fact. As described above, after executing the first remittance process or the first receipt process, the second remittance process or the second receipt process is executed based on the modification from the first settlement information to the second settlement information. That corresponds to this.

As the split bill settlement notification type, the type of the split bill settlement notification transmitted by the terminal 20 to the server 10 in the split bill correction process shown in FIG. 17-13 is defined.

According to this table, the split bill settlement notification regardless of whether the operation type is "correction" or "correction proposal", and regardless of whether the settlement type is "primary settlement" or "post-settlement". "Notice of request for correction of split bill settlement" is defined as the type. That is, regardless of whether the correction or the correction proposal is performed, or whether the original settlement or the post-settlement is performed, the split bill settlement correction request notification is sent from the terminal 20 to the server 10 as the split bill settlement notification. It is stipulated to send to.

In this embodiment, the server 10 executes the split bill settlement process based on the excess / deficiency amount calculated as described above. After that, as an example, not limited to the case, when the control unit 21 of the terminal 20 makes an operation of "correction proposal" of the shopping settlement history registered by the users of different terminals 20 by the user of the terminal 20 itself, the figure is shown in the figure. In the split bill correction process of 17-13, the split bill settlement correction request notification is transmitted to the server 10 by the communication I / F 22 as described above.

In addition, unlike the above, different types of split bill settlement notifications may be sent from the terminal 20 to the server 10 depending on the operation type "correction" and the operation type "correction proposal", or it is not necessary to do so. May be good.
Similarly, different types of split bill settlement notifications may or may not be transmitted from the terminal 20 to the server 10 depending on the settlement type "original settlement" and the settlement type "post-settlement".

<Effect of 20th Example>
In the twentieth embodiment, the terminal 20 has a shopping settlement history by a user of its own terminal 20 (not limited, but an example of first payment information) and a shopping settlement history by a user of a different terminal 20 (not limited, but a different terminal). Based on (an example of the third payment information based on the processing related to the second payment by the user), the excess / deficiency amount of the user of the own terminal 20 (an example of the fifth amount, not the limitation) and the user of the different terminal 20 Of the excess / deficiency amount (not limited, but an example of the sixth amount), at least information on the excess / deficiency amount of the user of the terminal 20 is received by the communication I / F22. The terminal 20 executes the split bill settlement request process and the split bill settlement result reception process based on the excess or deficiency amount of the user of the own terminal 20 received by the control unit 21. Then, the terminal 20 communicates a split bill settlement correction request notification (not limited, but an example of information related to correction from the third payment information to the fourth payment information) requesting a correction request of the shopping settlement history by users of different terminals 20. The configuration of transmitting to the server 10 by the I / F 22 is shown.
As an example of the effect obtained by such a configuration, based on the first payment information based on the processing related to the first payment by the user of the terminal and the third payment information based on the processing related to the second payment by the user of a different terminal, the first After executing the 5 remittance processing or the 5th receipt processing, it is possible to propose to users of different terminals that the third payment information is modified to the fourth payment information as an example, not a limitation.

Further, in the twentieth embodiment, when the terminal 20 modifies the shopping settlement history (not limited, but an example of the third settlement information) by users of different terminals 20, the modified shopping settlement history (not limited). , An example of the fourth settlement information), showing a configuration in which the control unit 21 executes the split bill settlement request process and the split bill settlement result reception process (not limited, but an example of the sixth remittance process or the sixth receipt process). ing.
As an example of the effect obtained by such a configuration, when the third payment information is modified to the fourth payment information, the control unit executes the sixth remittance process or the sixth receipt process based on the fourth payment information. By doing so, even if the settlement information by the user of a different terminal is corrected after the settlement is performed once, the settlement amount can be adjusted after the fact.

<21st Example>
In the 21st embodiment, the terminal 20 corrects the shopping settlement history by the user of the own terminal 20 after splitting the bill for the shopping settlement history by the user of the own terminal 20, and based on the corrected content, the terminal 20 corrects the shopping settlement history by the user of the own terminal 20. This is an example of adjusting the settlement amount after the fact.

The contents described in the 21st Example can be applied to any of the other Examples and the other variants.
Further, the same components as those already described will be designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted again.

<Display screen example>
FIG. 21-1 is a diagram showing an example of a split bill completion notification displayed on the talk room screen of the messaging application in this embodiment. An example of a screen displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20 of A is shown.
On this talk room screen, user B. Based on B's consent to split the bill, user B. From B to user A. An excess or deficiency amount ("2,250 yen" in this example) is remitted to A, and as a result, a message indicating that the split bill has been completed is displayed.

The message of the split bill completion notification includes, as an example, not a limitation, a settlement content correction icon indicating "correction of the settlement contents" as an example, not a limitation, for correcting the settlement contents together with the settlement result.

FIG. 21-2 shows the user A. based on the operation of the settlement content correction icon in FIG. 21-1. It is a figure which shows an example of the settlement content correction screen displayed on the display part 24 of the terminal 20 of A.
On this settlement content correction screen, as an example, not limited to, the characters "Please check the settlement content of the split bill" are displayed, and below that, the user A. A and user B. B. Paid amount list display area where each paid amount is displayed, and user A. A and user B. B There is provided a settlement amount list display area in which each settlement amount is displayed.

In this example, user A. The paid amount of A is "4,500 yen", but the user B. "0 yen" is displayed as the paid amount of B. In addition, user A. A and user B. As the settlement amount of B, "2,250 yen" is displayed respectively.

In the paid amount display area, user A. In the column A, user A. User A. for the paid amount of A. A correction icon indicating "correction" for A to make a correction is displayed. In addition, user B. In column B, user B. User A. for the paid amount of B. A correction proposal icon indicating "correction proposal" for A to make a correction proposal is displayed.

FIG. 21-3 shows the user A. It is a figure which shows an example of the correction target shopping settlement history selection screen which is displayed based on A operating the correction icon.
The shopping settlement history selection screen to be modified is displayed by the user A. This is a screen for A to select the shopping settlement history to be corrected, and the user A. As the shopping settlement history in which A is registered, the shopping settlement history of "AA rental cycle" and the shopping settlement history of "BB supermarket" are displayed. Further, in this example, the user A. A indicates that the check box associated with "BB Super" is set to "ON".

At the bottom of the screen, there is a shopping settlement history addition icon that says "Add payment" to add and register the shopping settlement history, and to modify the shopping settlement amount of the shopping settlement history selected as the correction target. An amount correction icon indicating "amount adjustment" and a withdrawal icon indicating "withdrawal" for withdrawing the registered shopping settlement history are displayed. In this example, User A. The state in which the amount correction icon is operated by A is shown.

FIG. 21-4 shows the user B.I. It is a figure which shows an example of the talk room screen displayed on the display part 24 of the terminal 20 of B.
In this talk room screen, the user A. As a message from A, a message indicating that the completed shopping settlement history has been corrected after the fact is displayed. In this example, User A. It is shown that the shopping settlement history of "BB Supermarket" by A has been corrected to reduce the price of the purchased product, Onsen Manju.

Specifically, the shopping settlement amount in the shopping settlement history of "BB Super" is reduced from "3,000 yen to 2,400 yen", and as a result, the shopping settlement amount "1" in the shopping settlement history of "AA rental cycle". The total amount of ", 500 yen" has been reduced to "4,500 yen → 3,900 yen". As a result, it is shown that the amount of money per person has been reduced from "2,250 yen to 1,950 yen". User B. B is user A. "2,250 yen" has already been sent to A, but user B. If B approves, the difference of "300 yen" will be charged to user A. From A to user B. It will be refunded to B. Therefore, the user B. "Receive 300 yen" is displayed as the excess or deficiency amount of B.

Also, at the bottom of the message, there is a consent icon that says "accept" as an example, not a limitation, to accept the above modification, and "reject" as an example, not a limitation, to dismiss the above modification. A dismissal icon indicating "Yes" is displayed.

21-5 shows the user B. in the talk room screen of FIG. 21-4. Based on the operation of the consent icon by B, user B. It is a figure which shows an example of the talk room screen displayed on the display part 24 of the terminal 20 of B.
Based on the operation of the consent icon, the message "accept" is displayed by the user A. It is transmitted to the terminal 20 of A. Then, user A. Based on the operation that A performs the settlement on his / her terminal 20, the user A. The message "payment" is sent from the terminal 20 of the user B. It is transmitted to the terminal 20 of B and displayed. After that, User A. From terminal 20 of A to user B. User B. The excess or deficiency amount of B ("300 yen" in this example) is remitted, and as a result, a receipt completion notification including the characters "I received 300 yen from Mr. A.A." is displayed. In addition, below that, the split bill settlement result is displayed due to the correction of the shopping settlement history.

<Processing>
The processing flow in this case will be described with reference to the processing and the like in FIG. This process is realized by adding the process of the messaging server 40 to the process of FIG. 19 as an example without limitation.

After the settlement of the split bill is completed, the server 10 transmits the settlement result of the split bill to the messaging server 40 (corresponding to S340 in FIG. 19). Then, the messaging server 40 transmits the split bill settlement result received from the server 10 to the terminal A and the terminal B.

The control unit 21 of the terminal A that has registered the shopping settlement history displays the split bill settlement result received from the messaging server 40 in the talk room of the messaging application (corresponding to A350 in FIG. 19).

After that, the control unit 21 of the terminal A is not limited, but as an example, the user A. Based on the fact that the operation for correcting the settlement contents by A is input to the input / output unit 23, the split bill correction process is executed (corresponding to A540 in FIG. 19). Then, the control unit 21 transmits the split bill settlement correction request notification to the server 10 via the messaging server 40 (corresponding to A5440 in FIG. 17-13).

In this case, the server 10 executes the third split bill approval management process (corresponding to S540 in FIG. 19). In this example, User A. Since the settlement content was corrected by A (corresponding to S550: YES in FIG. 19), the server 10 transmits the split bill correction confirmation notification to the terminals A and B via the messaging server 40 (corresponding to S580 in FIG. 19). ).

The control unit 21 of the terminal B displays the split bill correction confirmation notification received from the messaging server 40 in the talk room of the messaging application. Then, the control unit 21 of the terminal B uses the user B. By B, user A. Based on the fact that the operation of approving the correction by A and agreeing to the split bill with the content is input to the input / output unit 23, the split bill settlement approval notification is transmitted to the server 10 via the messaging server 40 (FIG. 17-). 13 A5360).

As a result, the control unit 11 of the server 10 can use the user B. It is determined by B that the split bill has been agreed, and the split bill settlement process is executed (corresponding to S330 in FIG. 2-19). Then, the control unit 11 transmits the split bill settlement result to the terminal A and the terminal B via the messaging server 40 (corresponding to S340 in FIG. 2-19).

The control unit 21 of the terminal A displays the split bill settlement result received from the messaging server 40 in the talk room of the messaging application (corresponding to A340 and A350 in FIG. 2-19).
Similarly, the control unit 21 of the terminal B displays the split bill settlement result received from the messaging server 40 in the talk room of the messaging application (corresponding to B340 and B350 in FIG. 2-19).

In the above, the terminal 20 corrects the shopping settlement history by the user of the own terminal 20 by using the messaging application, and the settlement amount is adjusted after the fact based on the correction. The application is not mandatory and the messaging application and messaging server 40 may or may not be excluded from the configuration requirements.

<Effect of 21st Example>
The 21st embodiment shows a configuration in which the terminal 20 displays a split bill completion notification (not limited, but an example of a notification regarding the completion of the first remittance process or the first receipt process) on the display unit 24.
As an example of the effect obtained by such a configuration, the terminal can notify the user of the terminal that the first remittance processing or the first receiving processing has been completed.

Further, the 21st embodiment shows a configuration in which the terminal 20 executes a process related to correcting the original shopping settlement history by the control unit 21 based on the operation of the user of the terminal 20 in response to the displayed split bill completion notification. ing.
As an example of the effect obtained by such a configuration, by inputting the notification regarding the completion of the first remittance processing or the first receiving processing, the terminal user can change the payment information from the first payment information to the second payment information. Can be corrected.

Further, the 21st embodiment shows a configuration in which the split bill completion notification is displayed in a talk room (not limited to an example of a chat room) including a user of the terminal 20 and a user of a different terminal 20.
As an example of the effect obtained by such a configuration, a chat room including a terminal user and a user of a different terminal, including content transmitted from the terminal to a different terminal and content transmitted from a different terminal to the terminal. It is possible to notify the user of the completion of the first remittance process or the first receipt process in an easy-to-understand form of display on.

<22nd Example>
In the 22nd embodiment, the terminal 20 makes a correction proposal for the shopping settlement history by the users of the different terminal 20 after splitting the bill for the shopping settlement history by the users of the different terminal 20, and the correction proposal is applied. This is an example in which the settlement amount is adjusted ex post facto based on the amended contents.
The 22nd embodiment is different from the 21st embodiment in that a correction proposal is made to the shopping settlement history by users of different terminals 20 and the settlement amount is adjusted after the fact.

The contents described in the 22nd embodiment can be applied to any of the other embodiments and the other modifications.
Further, the same components as those already described will be designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted again.

<Display screen example>
FIG. 22-1 is a diagram showing an example of a split bill completion notification displayed on the talk room screen of the messaging application in this embodiment, and is a diagram showing an example of the user B. An example of the screen displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20 of B is shown.
On this talk room screen, user B. Based on B's consent to split the bill, user B. From B to user A. An excess or deficiency amount ("2,250 yen" in this example) is remitted to A, and as a result, a message indicating that the split bill has been completed is displayed.

FIG. 22-2 shows the user B.I. It is a figure which shows an example of the settlement content correction screen displayed on the display part 24 of the terminal 20 of B.
On this settlement content correction screen, as an example, not limited to, the characters "Please check the settlement content of the split bill" are displayed, and below that, the user A. A and user B. B. Paid amount list display area where each paid amount is displayed, and user A. A and user B. B There is provided a settlement amount list display area in which each settlement amount is displayed.

In the paid amount display area, user A. In the column A, user A. User B. for the paid amount of A. A correction proposal icon indicating "correction proposal" for B to make a correction proposal is displayed. In addition, user B. In column B, user B. User B. for the paid amount of B. A correction icon indicating "correction" for B to make a correction is displayed.

FIG. 22-3 shows User B. in FIG. 22-2. It is a figure which shows an example of the correction target shopping settlement history selection screen which is displayed based on B operating the correction suggestion icon.
The shopping settlement history selection screen to be modified is displayed by the user B. This is a screen for B to select the shopping settlement history to be the target of the correction proposal, and the user A. As the shopping settlement history in which A is registered, the shopping settlement history of "AA rental cycle" and the shopping settlement history of "BB supermarket" are displayed. Further, in this example, the user B. B indicates a state in which the check box associated with "BB Super" is set to "ON".

At the bottom of the screen, there is a shopping settlement history addition proposal icon that says "Additional proposal for payment" to propose the addition of shopping settlement history, and the correction of the shopping settlement amount of the shopping settlement history selected as the correction proposal target. An amount correction proposal icon indicating "amount correction proposal" for making a proposal and a withdrawal proposal icon indicating "withdrawal proposal" for making a proposal to withdraw the registered shopping settlement history are displayed. .. In this example, user B. The state in which the amount correction proposal icon is operated by B is shown.

FIG. 22-4 shows the user A. It is a figure which shows an example of the talk room screen displayed on the display part 24 of the terminal 20 of A.
In this talk room screen, the user B. is on the left side of the screen. As a message from B, user A. A message suggesting correction of the shopping settlement history registered by A is displayed. In this example, User A. Regarding the shopping settlement history of "BB supermarket" by A, user A. User B. A has purchased a souvenir for himself at the BB supermarket, and the suggestion that the amount should be reduced by that amount. The state made by B is shown.

Specifically, the shopping settlement amount in the shopping settlement history of "BB Super" is reduced from "3,000 yen to 2,400 yen", and as a result, the shopping settlement amount "1" in the shopping settlement history of "AA rental cycle". The total amount of ", 500 yen" is reduced to "4,500 yen → 3,900 yen". As a result, it is shown that the amount of money per person is reduced from "2,250 yen to 1,950 yen". User B. B has already remitted "2,250 yen", but user A. If the amendment proposal is approved by A, the difference of "300 yen" will be charged to the user A. From A to user B. It will be refunded to B. Therefore, the user A. "300 yen payment" is displayed as the excess or deficiency amount of A.

Also, at the bottom of the message, there is a consent icon that says "accept" as an example, not a limitation, to accept the above revision proposal, and as an example, not a limitation, to reject the above revision proposal. A reject icon indicating "Reject" is displayed.

22-5 shows the user A. in the talk room screen of FIG. 22-4. Based on the fact that the consent icon was operated by A, the user A. It is a figure which shows an example of the talk room screen displayed on the display part 24 of the terminal 20 of A.
Based on the operation of the consent icon, the message "accept" is displayed by the user B. It is transmitted to the terminal 20 of B. After that, User A. From terminal 20 of A to user B. The excess or deficiency amount (“300 yen” in this example) due to the correction was sent to the terminal 20 of B, and as a result, a remittance completion notification including the characters “300 yen was sent to Mr. BB” is displayed. Will be done.

The control unit 21 of the terminal B that has registered the shopping settlement history displays the split bill settlement result received from the messaging server 40 in the talk room of the messaging application (corresponding to B350 in FIG. 19).

After that, the control unit 21 of the terminal B is not limited, but as an example, the user B. Based on the fact that the operation of making a correction proposal for the settlement content is input to the input / output unit 23 by B, the split bill correction process is executed (corresponding to B540 in FIG. 19). Then, the control unit 21 of the terminal B transmits the split bill settlement correction request notification to the server 10 via the messaging server 40 (corresponding to A5440 in FIG. 17-13).

In this case, the server 10 executes the third split bill approval management process (corresponding to S540 in FIG. 19). In this example, user B. Since the settlement proposal was made by B (corresponding to S550: YES in FIG. 19), the server 10 transmits the split bill correction confirmation notification to the terminals A and B via the messaging server 40 (FIG. 19). Equivalent to S580).

The control unit 21 of the terminal A displays the split bill correction confirmation notification received from the messaging server 40 in the talk room of the messaging application. Then, the control unit 21 of the terminal A uses the user A. By A, user B. Based on the fact that the operation of approving the correction proposal from B and agreeing to the split bill with the content is input to the input / output unit 23, the split bill settlement approval notification is transmitted to the server 10 via the messaging server 40 (FIG. Equivalent to A5360 of 17-13).

As a result, the control unit 11 of the server 10 can use the user A. It is determined that the split bill is agreed by A, and the split bill settlement process is executed (corresponding to S330 in FIG. 2-19). Then, the control unit 11 transmits the split bill settlement result to the terminal A and the terminal B via the messaging server 40 (corresponding to S340 in FIG. 2-19).

In the above, the terminal 20 corrects the shopping settlement history by the user of the own terminal 20 by using the messaging application, and the settlement amount is adjusted after the fact based on the correction. The application is not mandatory and the messaging application and messaging server 40 may be excluded from the configuration requirements.

<Effect of 22nd Example>
In the 22nd embodiment, the terminal 20 displays a talk room (not limited to an example of a chat room) including a user of its own terminal 20 and a user of a different terminal 20 on the display unit 24. Then, the terminal 20 shows a configuration in which a correction proposal (an example of a correction proposal, not a limitation) of a shopping settlement history (an example of a second payment information, not a limitation) by users of different terminals 20 is displayed in a talk room. There is.
As an example of the effect obtained by such a configuration, it is possible to notify the user of a different terminal in an easy-to-understand form of displaying the correction request of the second payment information in the chat room.

Further, in the 22nd embodiment, the correction proposal of the shopping settlement history is transmitted from the different terminal 20 to the own terminal 20. Then, the split bill settlement request processing based on the modified shopping settlement history shows a configuration to be executed based on the user's operation on the modified proposal.
As an example of the effect obtained by such a configuration, the second remittance process or the second receipt process is performed based on the input by the terminal user for the correction request sent from different terminals, and the settled amount is ex post facto. Can be adjusted to.

1 (1A, 1B) Communication system 10 Server 20 Terminal 30 Network 40 Messaging server

Claims

It is a program to be executed by the terminal that executes the processing related to payment.
Based on the input to the terminal by the user of the terminal, the communication unit of the terminal transmits the first payment information based on the processing related to the first payment by the user of the terminal.
Information on at least the first amount of the first amount of money sent or received by the user of the terminal based on the first payment information and the second amount of money sent or received by the user of a terminal different from the terminal. Receiving by the communication unit and
The terminal executes the remittance processing or the receiving processing based on the first amount of money by the control unit of the terminal.
The program according to claim 1.
Receiving the amount information including at least the information of the first amount of money and the information of the second amount of money by the communication unit, and
Displaying the amount information in the display area of the terminal is executed by the terminal.
The program according to claim 1 or 2.
The remittance process or the receiving process is a process including remittance to a user of the different terminal or receipt of an amount of money from the user of the different terminal.
The program according to any one of claims 1 to 3.
The first amount and the second amount are determined by a server that executes a payment process related to the first payment based on the first payment information.
The program according to claim 4.
Based on the first payment information, the server determines the amount of money to be remitted or received by each of the terminal and a plurality of terminals including the different terminals.
The program according to any one of claims 1 to 5.
The first amount and the second amount are determined based on the second payment information regarding the second payment by the user of the different terminal and the first payment information.
The program according to any one of claims 1 to 6.
The first payment information includes information on the amount of the first payment by the user of the terminal.
The program according to claim 7.
The first settlement information includes information about a product purchased in the first settlement or a service provided in the first settlement.
The program according to claim 7 or 8.
The first settlement information is the settlement history of the first settlement.
The program according to any one of claims 1 to 9.
A chat room including a user of the terminal and a user of the different terminal and including the content transmitted from the terminal to the different terminal and the content transmitted from the different terminal to the terminal is displayed in the display area. Is performed by the terminal
The information on the first amount is displayed in the chat room.
The program according to claim 10.
The users of the different terminals are selected based on the chat room selected by the users of the terminal.
The program according to claim 11.
The chat room includes a plurality of users including users of the different terminals.
It is executed by the terminal to display the amount information including the information of the first amount of money and the information of the amount of money sent or received by each of the plurality of users based on the first payment information in the chat room. ..
The program according to claim 12.
The terminal executes a process of deleting at least one user from a plurality of users including users of the different terminals included in the chat room.
The program according to any one of claims 10 to 13.
To execute the process of adding a user not included in the chat room,
Amount information including information on a third amount of money sent or received by an added user not included in the chat room based on the first payment information, information on the first amount of money, and information on the second amount of money. Is received by the communication unit and
Displaying the amount information in the chat room is executed by the terminal.
The program according to claim 14.
The first amount, the second amount, and the third amount are the third payment information based on the processing related to the third payment by the added user not included in the chat room, and the first payment information. Is determined based on.
The program according to claim 2.
The users of the different terminals are users of the first terminal.
The amount information includes a fourth amount information to be remitted or received by the user of the second terminal when the process of adding a user of the second terminal different from the first terminal is executed by the first terminal.
The program according to any one of claims 1 to 9.
A display area of the terminal is a chat room that includes a user of the terminal and a user of the different terminal, and includes content transmitted from the terminal to the different terminal and content transmitted from the different terminal to the terminal. To display and
The terminal executes at least a notification regarding a request for a remittance process or a receipt process between the terminal and the different terminal based on the first payment information in the chat room.
The program according to any one of claims 1 to 9.
Displaying a chat room including at least the user of the terminal and including the content transmitted from the terminal in the display area.
Displaying a notification regarding the transmission of the first payment information in the chat room is executed by the terminal.
The program according to claim 18.
The chat room includes a user of the terminal and an account of a company that provides a service related to the remittance processing or the receiving processing.
It is an information processing method of a terminal that executes processing related to payment.
Based on the input to the terminal by the user of the terminal, the communication unit of the terminal transmits the first payment information based on the processing related to the first payment by the user of the terminal.
Information on at least the first amount of the first amount of money sent or received by the user of the terminal based on the first payment information and the second amount of money sent or received by the user of a terminal different from the terminal. Receiving by the communication unit and
The remittance process based on the first amount of money or the receiving process is executed by the control unit of the terminal.
A terminal that executes payment-related processing
Based on the input to the terminal by the user of the terminal, the first payment information based on the processing related to the first payment by the user of the terminal is transmitted, and the user of the terminal sends or receives the money based on the first payment information. Of the first amount of money and the second amount of money sent or received by a user of a terminal different from the terminal, the communication unit that receives at least the information of the first amount of money.
It includes a control unit that executes remittance processing or receipt processing based on the first amount of money.
A terminal that executes payment-related processing
A processor that reads a program stored in a memory and executes processing based on the program is provided.
The processor
Based on the input to the terminal by the user of the terminal, the communication unit of the terminal transmits the first payment information based on the processing related to the first payment by the user of the terminal.
Information on at least the first amount of the first amount of money sent or received by the user of the terminal based on the first payment information and the second amount of money sent or received by the user of a terminal different from the terminal. Receiving by the communication unit and
The remittance process or the receipt process based on the first amount is executed.
It is a program to be executed by the server that communicates with the terminal that executes the processing related to payment.
Based on the input to the terminal by the user of the terminal, the communication unit of the server receives the first payment information based on the processing related to the first payment by the user of the terminal.
Information on at least the first amount of the first amount of money sent or received by the user of the terminal based on the first payment information and the second amount of money sent or received by the user of a terminal different from the terminal. Transmission to the terminal by the communication unit, and at least the information of the second amount of money is transmitted to the different terminal by the communication unit.
The server executes a remittance process or a receipt process for the terminal based on the first amount of money and a remittance process or a receipt process for the different terminal based on the second amount of money.
It is a program to be executed by the terminal that executes the processing related to payment.
Of a plurality of payment information related to payment by the user of the terminal, the first payment information is transmitted by the communication unit of the terminal, and
Information on at least the first amount of the first amount of money sent or received by the user of the terminal based on the first payment information and the second amount of money sent or received by the user of a terminal different from the terminal. Receiving by the communication unit and
The terminal executes the remittance processing or the receiving processing based on the information of the first amount of money by the control unit of the terminal.
24. The program according to claim 24.
The first payment information is selected based on the user information of the user of the terminal.
25. The program according to claim 25.
The user information includes position information about the terminal or the user of the terminal.
The program according to claim 25 or 26.
The user information includes information about a message sent based on the user of the terminal.
The program according to any one of claims 25 to 27.
The user information includes schedule information of the user of the terminal.
The first settlement information is selected based on the event information included in the schedule information.
The program according to any one of claims 25 to 28.
The user information includes information related to the payment information.
The program according to claim 29.
The information related to the payment information includes information regarding the date or time of the second payment information different from the first payment information.
The program according to claim 29 or claim 30.
The information related to the payment information includes product information included in the second payment information different from the first payment information.
The program according to any one of claims 29 to 31.
The information related to the payment information includes the store information included in the second payment information different from the first payment information.
The program according to any one of claims 24 to 32.
The first payment information is selected based on the information of users of the different terminals.
The program according to claim 33.
The first payment information is selected based on the third payment information regarding payment by a user of the different terminal.
The program according to any one of claims 24 to 34.
The first payment information is selected based on the information input by the user of the terminal associated with each of the plurality of payment information.
The program according to any one of claims 24 to 35.
A display area of the terminal is a chat room that includes a user of the terminal and a user of the different terminal, and includes content transmitted from the terminal to the different terminal and content transmitted from the different terminal to the terminal. To display and
When the communication unit receives a notification of remittance processing or receipt processing based on payment information related to payment from the different terminal, the notification is displayed in the chat room based on the group name of the chat room. That is done by the terminal.
The program according to any one of claims 24 to 36.
The user of the different terminal is selected based on the position information of the terminal and the position information of the different terminal.
The program according to claim 37.
The user of the different terminal is selected based on the date information input by the user of the terminal, the position information of the terminal on the date, and the position information of the different terminal on the date.
The program according to any one of claims 24 to 36.
The users of the different terminals are selected based on the call history with the users of the terminals.
The program according to any one of claims 24 to 39.
The different terminal is the first terminal and
Among the plurality of payment information, the communication unit transmits the first payment information and the fourth payment information different from the first payment information.
Based on the first payment information and the fourth payment information, the first amount of money sent or received by the user of the terminal, the second amount of money sent or received by the user of the first terminal, the terminal and Of the third amount of money sent or received by a user of a second terminal different from the first terminal, at least the information of the first amount is received by the communication unit, which is executed by the terminal.
The first amount is determined based on the first payment information and the fourth payment information.
The second amount is determined based on the first settlement information.
The third amount is determined based on the fourth settlement information.
The program according to any one of claims 24 to 40.
The different terminal is the first terminal and
Among the plurality of payment information, the communication unit transmits the first payment information and the fifth payment information different from the first payment information.
Based on the first payment information and the fifth payment information, the first amount of money sent or received by the user of the terminal, the second amount of money sent or received by the user of the first terminal, the terminal and The communication unit receives at least the information of the fourth amount of the fourth amount, which is the amount of money that the user of the second terminal different from the first terminal gives or receives in cash.
The terminal executes the display of the fourth amount and information on the amount of money that the user of the second terminal gives or receives in cash in the display area of the terminal.
The program according to claim 41.
Based on the input by the user of the terminal to the terminal, the terminal transmits information indicating that the user of the second terminal gives or receives cash in cash by the communication unit.
It is an information processing method of a terminal that executes processing related to payment.
Of a plurality of payment information related to payment by the user of the terminal, the first payment information is transmitted by the communication unit of the terminal, and
Information on at least the first amount of the first amount of money sent or received by the user of the terminal based on the first payment information and the second amount of money sent or received by the user of a terminal different from the terminal. Receiving by the communication unit and
It includes executing a remittance process or a receipt process based on the information of the first amount.
A terminal that executes payment-related processing
Of a plurality of payment information related to payment by the user of the terminal, the first amount of money sent or received by the user of the terminal based on the first payment information by transmitting the first payment information and a terminal different from the terminal. Of the second amount of money sent or received by the user, the communication unit that receives at least the information of the first amount of money.
It includes a control unit that executes a remittance process or a receipt process based on the information of the first amount.
A terminal that executes payment-related processing
A processor that reads a program stored in a memory and executes processing based on the program is provided.
The processor
Of a plurality of payment information related to payment by the user of the terminal, the first payment information is transmitted by the communication unit of the terminal, and
Information on at least the first amount of the first amount of money sent or received by the user of the terminal based on the first payment information and the second amount of money sent or received by the user of a terminal different from the terminal. Receiving by the communication unit and
The remittance process or the receipt process based on the information of the first amount is executed.
It is a program to be executed by the server that communicates with the terminal that executes the processing related to payment.
The process of selecting the first payment information from a plurality of payment information related to the payment by the user of the terminal is executed by the control unit of the server.
Information on at least the first amount of the first amount of money sent or received by the user of the terminal based on the first payment information and the second amount of money sent or received by the user of a terminal different from the terminal. Transmission to the terminal by the communication unit, and at least the information of the second amount of money is transmitted to the different terminal by the communication unit.
The server executes a remittance process or a receipt process for the terminal based on the first amount of money and a remittance process or a receipt process for the different terminal based on the second amount of money by the control unit. Will be done.
It is a program to be executed by the terminal that executes the processing related to payment.
Based on the input to the terminal by the user of the terminal, the control unit of the terminal executes the process of modifying the first payment information based on the process related to the first payment into the second payment information.
Information on at least the first amount of the first amount of money sent or received by the user of the terminal based on the second payment information and the second amount of money sent or received by the user of a terminal different from the terminal. Receiving by the communication unit of the terminal and
The terminal executes the remittance processing or the receiving processing based on the first amount of money by the control unit.
The program according to claim 47.
The first settlement is a settlement by the user of the terminal.
The program according to claim 47 or 48.
The terminal executes the transmission of the second payment information by the communication unit.
The program according to claim 47 or 48.
Transmission of the first payment information by the communication unit is executed by the terminal.
The second payment information is modified from the first payment information based on the input to the terminal by the user of the terminal after the first payment information is transmitted by the communication unit.
The program according to any one of claims 47 to 50.
In the second payment information, the information of the purchased product in the first payment information is modified.
The program according to claim 51.
In the second payment information, the information of the purchased product in the first payment information is deleted, and the payment amount is reduced.
The program according to any one of claims 47 to 50.
The payment amount of the second payment information is corrected by the input of the user of the terminal.
The program according to any one of claims 47 to 53.
Based on the input to the terminal by the user of the terminal, the terminal executes a process of inputting the first payment information and the third payment information different from the second payment information by the control unit. ..
The program according to any one of claims 47 to 50.
The second settlement information is modified based on the return information of the store that made the first settlement.
The program according to claim 55.
Displaying the first display for making corrections based on the reduction information in the display area of the terminal is executed by the terminal.
The second payment information is modified based on the input of the user of the terminal with respect to the first display.
The program according to any one of claims 47 to 56.
It is executed by the terminal that the modified second payment information and the uncorrected payment information are displayed in the display area of the terminal in different display modes.
The program according to claim 57.
When the payment amount of the second payment information is reduced, it is displayed in the display area in the first display mode, and when the payment amount of the second payment information is increased, it is displayed in the display area in the second display mode. Is performed by the terminal.
The program according to claim 57 or 58.
Based on the input by the user of the terminal to the second payment information displayed in the display area, the terminal executes to display the modified content of the second payment information in the display area.
The program according to any one of claims 47 to 59.
The second payment information includes comments on the second payment information by users of the different terminals.
The program according to any one of claims 47 to 60.
The first settlement is a settlement by a user of the different terminal.
The program according to claim 61.
The second payment information is modified based on the permission of the user of the different terminal to modify.
The program according to any one of claims 47 to 62.
After the second payment information is transmitted by the communication unit, the second payment information is modified by a user of the different terminal into a fourth payment information different from the second payment information.
The program according to claim 63.
The fourth payment information is modified based on the permission of the user of the terminal to modify it.
It is an information processing method of a terminal that executes processing related to payment.
Based on the input to the terminal by the user of the terminal, the control unit of the terminal executes the process of modifying the first payment information based on the process related to the first payment into the second payment information.
Information on at least the first amount of the first amount of money sent or received by the user of the terminal based on the second payment information and the second amount of money sent or received by the user of a terminal different from the terminal. Receiving by the communication unit of the terminal and
The remittance process or the receipt process based on the first amount of money is executed by the control unit.
A terminal that executes payment-related processing
A control unit that executes a process of modifying the first payment information based on the processing related to the first payment to the second payment information based on the input to the terminal by the user of the terminal.
Information on at least the first amount of the first amount of money sent or received by the user of the terminal based on the second payment information and the second amount of money sent or received by the user of a terminal different from the terminal. Equipped with a communication unit to receive
The control unit executes a remittance process or a receipt process based on the first amount of money.
A terminal that executes payment-related processing
A processor that reads a program stored in a memory and executes processing based on the program is provided.
The processor
Based on the input to the terminal by the user of the terminal, the process of modifying the first payment information based on the process related to the first payment to the second payment information is executed.
Information on at least the first amount of the first amount of money sent or received by the user of the terminal based on the second payment information and the second amount of money sent or received by the user of a terminal different from the terminal. Receiving by the communication unit of the terminal and
The remittance process or the receipt process based on the first amount is executed.
It is a program to be executed by the server that communicates with the terminal that executes the processing related to payment.
Based on the input to the terminal by the user of the terminal, the control unit of the server executes the process of modifying the first payment information based on the process related to the first payment into the second payment information.
Information on at least the first amount of the first amount of money sent or received by the user of the terminal based on the second payment information and the second amount of money sent or received by the user of a terminal different from the terminal. Transmission to the terminal by the communication unit of the server, and at least the information of the second amount of money is transmitted to the different terminal by the communication unit.
The server executes a remittance process or a receipt process for the terminal based on the first amount of money and a remittance process or a receipt process for the different terminal based on the second amount of money by the control unit. Will be done.
It is a program to be executed by the terminal that executes the processing related to payment.
Based on the input to the terminal by the user of the terminal, the communication unit of the terminal transmits the first payment information based on the processing related to the first payment by the user of the terminal.
Information on at least the first amount of the first amount of money sent or received by the user of the terminal based on the first payment information and the second amount of money sent or received by the user of a terminal different from the terminal. Receiving by the communication unit and
Executing the first remittance process or the first receiving process based on the first amount of money by the control unit of the terminal,
When the first payment information is modified to the second payment information, the terminal executes the second remittance processing or the second receipt processing by the control unit based on the second payment information. To.
The program according to claim 69.
The second remittance process or the second receipt process is executed based on the difference between the second settlement information and the first settlement information.
The program according to claim 69 or 70.
The second remittance process or the second receiving process is executed based on the permission of the user of the different terminal.
The program according to claim 71.
The second remittance process or the second remittance process is executed without the permission of the different terminal when the settlement amount of the second settlement information is less than that of the first settlement information.
The program according to claim 69 or 70.
Of the third amount of money sent or received by the user of the terminal based on the first payment information and the amount of money sent or received by each user of a plurality of terminals including a user of a terminal different from the terminal. , At least the information of the third amount of money is received by the communication unit, and
Executing the third remittance process or the third receiving process based on the third amount by the control unit,
When the first payment information is modified to the second payment information, the terminal executes the fourth remittance process or the fourth receipt process based on the second payment information. Being done
The fourth remittance process or the fourth receiving process is executed based on the permission of each user of the plurality of terminals.
The program according to claim 73.
The fourth remittance processing or the fourth receiving processing is based on the permission of the user who has a loss by modifying the first payment information to the second payment information among the users of each of the plurality of terminals. Is executed.
The program according to any one of claims 69 to 74.
The fifth amount of money sent or received by the user of the terminal based on the first payment information and the third payment information based on the processing related to the second payment by the user of the different terminal, and the user of the terminal different from the terminal. Remittance or receipt of information on at least the fifth amount of money by the communication unit.
Executing the fifth remittance process or the fifth remittance process based on the fifth amount by the control unit,
The terminal executes the transmission of information related to the correction from the third payment information to the fourth payment information by the communication unit.
The program according to claim 75.
When the third payment information is modified to the fourth payment information, the terminal executes the sixth remittance processing or the sixth receipt processing by the control unit based on the fourth payment information. ..
The program according to claim 69.
The second payment information is requested to be corrected by a user of the different terminal.
The program according to any one of claims 69 to 77.
The terminal executes a notification regarding the completion of the first remittance process or the first receipt process in the display area of the terminal.
The program according to claim 78.
The control unit executes a process related to modifying the first payment information to the second payment information based on the input of the user of the terminal in response to the notification regarding the completion of the first remittance process or the first receipt process. Is performed by the terminal.
The program according to claim 78 or 79.
The notification regarding the completion of the first remittance process or the first receipt process includes the user of the terminal and the user of the different terminal, and the content transmitted from the terminal to the different terminal and the content transmitted from the different terminal to the different terminal. It is displayed in the chat room including the content transmitted to the terminal.
The program according to any one of claims 69 to 77.
A chat room including a user of the terminal and a user of the different terminal and including the content transmitted from the terminal to the different terminal and the content transmitted from the different terminal to the terminal is displayed in the display area. To do and
Displaying the correction request for the second payment information in the chat room is executed by the terminal.
The program according to claim 81.
The correction request for the second payment information is transmitted from the different terminal.
The second remittance process or the second receiving process is executed based on the input by the user of the terminal in response to the correction request.
The program according to any one of claims 69 to 82.
The first remittance process or the first receiving process is executed based on at least the permission of the user of the terminal and the permission of the user of the different terminal.
It is an information processing method of a terminal that executes processing related to payment.
Based on the input to the terminal by the user of the terminal, the communication unit of the terminal transmits the first payment information based on the processing related to the first payment by the user of the terminal.
Information on at least the first amount of the first amount of money sent or received by the user of the terminal based on the first payment information and the second amount of money sent or received by the user of a terminal different from the terminal. Receiving by the communication unit and
Executing the first remittance process or the first receiving process based on the first amount of money by the control unit of the terminal,
When the first settlement information is modified to the second settlement information, the control unit executes a second remittance process or a second receipt process based on the second settlement information.
A terminal that executes payment-related processing
Based on the input to the terminal by the user of the terminal, the first payment information based on the processing related to the first payment by the user of the terminal is transmitted, and the user of the terminal sends or receives the money based on the first payment information. Of the first amount of money and the second amount of money sent or received by a user of a terminal different from the terminal, the communication unit that receives at least the information of the first amount of money.
A control unit that executes a first remittance process or a first receipt process based on the first amount of money is provided.
When the first settlement information is modified to the second settlement information, the control unit executes a second remittance process or a second receipt process based on the second settlement information.
A terminal that executes payment-related processing
A processor that reads a program stored in a memory and executes processing based on the program is provided.
The processor
Based on the input to the terminal by the user of the terminal, the communication unit of the terminal transmits the first payment information based on the processing related to the first payment by the user of the terminal.
Information on at least the first amount of the first amount of money sent or received by the user of the terminal based on the first payment information and the second amount of money sent or received by the user of a terminal different from the terminal. Receiving by the communication unit and
Executing the first remittance process or the first receipt process based on the first amount,
When the first settlement information is modified to the second settlement information, the second remittance process or the second receipt process is executed based on the second settlement information.
It is a program to be executed by the server that communicates with the terminal that executes the processing related to payment.
Based on the input to the terminal by the user of the terminal, the communication unit of the server receives the first payment information based on the processing related to the first payment by the user of the terminal from the terminal.
Information on at least the first amount of the first amount of money sent or received by the user of the terminal based on the first payment information and the second amount of money sent or received by the user of a terminal different from the terminal. Transmission to the terminal by the communication unit, and at least the information of the second amount of money is transmitted to the different terminal by the communication unit.
The control unit of the server performs a first remittance process or a first receiving process for the terminal based on the first amount of money and a second remittance processing or a second receiving process for the different terminal based on the second amount of money. To do and
Receiving information about modifying the first payment information to the second payment information by the communication unit, and
When modified to the second payment information, based on the second payment information, the third remittance processing or the third receiving processing to the terminal and the fourth remittance processing or the fourth receiving processing to the different terminal are performed. Is executed by the control unit and is executed by the server.